HW65AH SM

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 685

CONTENTS

SECTION 1 GENERAL

Group 1 Safety Hints ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1


Group 2 Specifications ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-9

SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

Group 1 Pump Device -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-1


Group 2 Main Control Valve ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-6
Group 3 Swing Device ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-28
Group 4 Travel Device -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-38
Group 5 RCV Lever ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-44
Group 6 RCV pedal ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-51
Group 7 Brake pedal (valve) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-52
Group 8 Gear box --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-54
Group 9 Axle ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-57

SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Group 1 Hydraulic Circuit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-1


Group 2 Main Circuit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-4
Group 3 Pilot Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-7
Group 4 Single Operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12
Group 5 Combined Operation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-27

SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 1 Component Location ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1


Group 2 Monitoring system ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-3
Group 3 Electrical Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-47
Group 4 Electrical Component Specification ------------------------------------------------------------- 4-67
Group 5 Connectors ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-76
Group 6 Fault codes ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-95

SECTION 5 TROUBLESHOOTING

Group 1 Before Troubleshooting ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-1


Group 2 Hydraulic and Mechanical System --------------------------------------------------------------- 5-4
Group 3 Electrical System ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-23
Group 4 Axle ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-37
Group 5 Air Conditioner and Heater system--------------------------------------------------------------- 5-40
SECTION 6 MAINTENANCE STANDARD

Group 1 Operational Performance Test ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-1


Group 2 Major Components ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-19

SECTION 7 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Group 1 Precaution ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-1


Group 2 Tightening Torque ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-4
Group 3 Pump Device -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-7
Group 4 Main Control Valve ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-41
Group 5 Swing Device ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-56
Group 6 Travel Device -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-76
Group 7 Gear box -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-100
Group 8 Steering valve ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-135
Group 9 Axle ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-156
Group 10 RCV Lever ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-301
Group 11 Turning Joint --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-315
Group 12 Boom, Arm and Bucket Cylinder ------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-320
Group 13 Work Equipment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-335
FOREWORD

1. STRUCTURE
This service manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the
serviceman an accurate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to
perform repairs and make judgements. Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and
use it to full effect at every opportunity.
This service manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in
a service workshop.
For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following sections.

SECTION 1 GENERAL
This section explains the safety hints and gives the specification of the machine and major
components.
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an
understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
This section explains the hydraulic circuit, single and combined operation.
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
This section explains the electrical circuit, monitoring system and each component. It serves not
only to give an understanding electrical system, but also serves as reference material for trouble
shooting.
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
This section explains the computer aided power optimization system and each component.
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section explains the troubleshooting charts correlating problems to causes
causes.
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
This section gives the judgement standards when inspecting disassembled parts.
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
This section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or
assembling each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
SECTION 9 COMPONENT MOUNTING TORQUE
This section shows bolt specifications and standard torque values needed when mounting
components to the machine.
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any
advance notice. Contact your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment distributor for the latest
information.

0-1
2. HOW TO READ THE SERVICE MANUAL
Distribution and updating Revised edition mark (①②③…)
Any additions, amendments or other changes will When a manual is revised, an edition mark is
be sent to HD Hyundai Construction Equipment recorded on the bottom outside corner of the
distributors. pages.
Get the most up-to-date information before you
start any work. Revisions
Revised pages are shown at the list of revised
Filing method pages on the between the contents page and
1. See the page number on the bottom of the section 1 page.
page.
File the pages in correct order. Symbols
2. Following examples shows how to read the So that the shop manual can be of ample
page number. practical use, important places for safety and
Example 1 quality are marked with the following symbols.
2-3
Item number (2. Structure and
Function) Symbol Item Remarks
Consecutive page number for Special safety precautions are
each item. necessary when performing the
3. Additional pages : Additional pages are work.
Safety Extra special safety precautions
indicated by a hyphen(-) and number after the
are necessary when
page number. File as in the example. performing the work because it
10 - 4 is under internal pressure.
10 - 4 - 1 Special technical precautions
Added pages o r o t h e r p r e c a u t i o n s fo r
10 - 4 - 2
10 - 5 ※ Caution preser ving standards are
necessary when performing the
work.

0-2
3. CONVERSION TABLE
Method of using the Conversion Table
The Conversion Table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of
the method of using the Conversion Table, see the example given below.

Example
1. Method of using the Conversion Table to convert from millimeters to inches
Convert 55mm into inches.
(1) Locate the number 50in the vertical column at the left side, take this as ͽ, then draw a
horizontal line from ͽ.
(2) Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as ;, then draw a perpendicular line
down from ;.
(3) Take the point where the two lines cross as Ϳ. This point Ϳ gives the value when converting
from millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55 mm = 2.165 inches.

2. Convert 550mm into inches.


(1) The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide by 10(Move the decimal point one place
to the left) to convert it to 55 mm.
(2) Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55 mm to 2.165 inches.
(3) The original value (550 mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10 (Move the decimal
point one place to the right) to return to the original value.
This gives 550 mm = 21.65 inches.

Millimeters to inches ;
1 mm = 0.03937 in

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354


10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
Ϳ
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
ͽ
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898

0-3
Millimeters to inches 1 mm = 0.03937 in

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354


10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929

50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898

Kilogram to Pound 1 kg = 2.2046 lb

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84


10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.5. 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03

50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26

0-4
Liter to U.S. Gallon 1˶ = 0.2642 U.S.Gal

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378


10 2.642 2.906 3.170 3.434 3.698 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.755 5.019
20 5.283 5.548 5.812 6.6076 6.340 6.604 6.869 7.133 7.397 7.661
30 7.925 8.189 8.454 8.718 8.982 9.246 9.510 9.774 10.039 10.303
40 10.567 10.831 11.095 11.359 11.624 11.888 12.152 12.416 12.680 12.944

50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.631 25.625 25.889 26.153

Liter to U.K. Gallon 1˶ = 0.21997 U.K.Gal

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980


10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.740 3.950 4.179
20 4.399 4.619 4.839 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7.259 7.479 7.969 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9.459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.778

50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777

0-5
kgfÂm to lbfÂft 1 kgfÂm = 7.233 lbfÂft

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1


10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 396.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4

50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1

100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 10005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7

150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4

0-6
kgf/cm2 to lbf/in2 1 kgf / cm2 = 14.2233 lbf / in2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0


10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9

50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1010 1024 1038 1053 1067 1081 1095 1109 1124
80 1138 1152 1166 1181 1195 1209 1223 1237 1252 1266
90 1280 1294 1309 1323 1337 1351 1365 1380 1394 1408

100 1422 1437 1451 1465 1479 1493 1508 1522 1536 1550
110 1565 1579 1593 1607 1621 1636 1650 1664 1678 1693
120 1707 1721 1735 1749 1764 1778 1792 1806 1821 1835
130 1849 2863 1877 1892 1906 1920 1934 1949 1963 1977
140 1991 2005 2020 2034 2048 2062 2077 2091 2105 2119

150 2134 2148 2162 2176 2190 2205 2219 2233 2247 2262
160 2276 2290 2304 2318 2333 2347 2361 2375 2389 2404
170 2418 2432 2446 2460 2475 2489 2503 2518 2532 2546
180 2560 2574 2589 5603 2617 2631 2646 2660 2674 2688

200 2845 2859 2873 2887 2901 2916 2930 2944 2958 2973
210 2987 3001 3015 3030 3044 3058 3072 3086 3101 3115
220 3129 3143 3158 3172 3186 3200 3214 3229 3243 3257
230 3271 3286 3300 3314 3328 3343 3357 3371 3385 3399
240 3414 3428 3442 3456 3470 3485 3499 3513 3527 3542

0-7
TEMPERATURE
Fahrenheit-Centigrade Conversion.
A simple way to convert a fahrenheit temperature reading into a centigrade temperature reading or vice verse
is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface column of figures.
These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.

˚C ˚F ˚C ˚F ˚C ˚F ˚C ˚F
-40.4 -40 -40.0 -11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 117.8
-37.2 -35 -31.0 -11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
-34.4 -30 -22.0 -10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
-31.7 -25 -13.0 -10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
-28.9 -20 -4.0 -9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0

-28.3 -19 -2.2 -8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8


-27.8 -18 -0.4 -8.3 17 62.6 11.1 52 125.6 30.6 87 188.6
-27.2 -17 1.4 -7.8 18 64.4 11.7 53 127.4 31.1 88 190.4
-26.7 -16 3.2 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
-26.1 -15 5.0 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0

-25.6 -14 6.8 -6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8


-25.0 -13 8.6 -5.6 22 71.6 13.9 57 134.6 33.3 92 197.6
-24.4 -12 10.4 -5.0 23 73.4 14.4 58 136.4 33.9 93 199.4
-23.9 -11 12.2 -4.4 24 75.2 15.0 59 138.2 34.4 94 201.2
-23.3 -10 14.0 -3.9 25 77.0 15.6 60 140.0 35.0 95 203.0

-22.8 -9 15.8 -3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8


-22.2 -8 17.6 -2.8 27 80.6 16.7 62 143.6 36.1 97 206.6
-21.7 -7 19.4 -2.2 28 82.4 17.2 63 145.4 36.7 98 208.4
-21.1 -6 21.2 -1.7 29 84.2 17.8 64 147.2 37.2 99 210.2
-20.6 -5 23.0 -1.1 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0

-20.0 -4 24.8 -0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0


-19.4 -3 26.6 0 32 89.6 19.4 67 152.6 43.3 110 230.0
-18.9 -2 28.4 0.6 33 91.4 20.0 68 154.4 46.1 115 239.0
-18.3 -1 30.2 1.1 34 93.2 20.6 69 156.2 48.9 120 248.0
-17.8 0 32.0 1.7 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0

-17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0


-16.7 2 35.6 2.8 37 98.6 22.2 72 161.6 57.2 135 275.0
-16.1 3 37.4 3.3 38 100.4 22.8 73 163.4 60.0 140 284.0
-15.6 4 39.2 3.9 39 102.2 23.3 74 165.2 62.7 145 293.0
-15.0 5 41.0 4.4 40 104.0 23.9 75 167.0 65.6 150 302.0

-14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0


-13.9 7 44.6 5.6 42 107.6 25.0 77 170.6 71.1 160 320.0
-13.3 8 46.4 6.1 43 109.4 25.6 78 172.4 73.9 165 329.0
-12.8 9 48.2 6.7 44 111.2 26.1 79 174.2 76.7 170 338.0
-12.2 10 50.0 7.2 45 113.0 26.7 80 176.0 79.4 172 347.0

0-8
SECTION 1 GENERAL

Group 1 Safety Hints ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1


Group 2 Specifications -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-9
SECTION 1 GENERAL
GROUP 1 SAFETY

FOLLOW SAFE PROCEDURE


Unsafe work practices are dangerous. Understand
service procedure before doing work; do not
attempt shortcuts.

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING


Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.

13031GE01

WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK


Unexpected machine movement can cause
serious injury.
Before performing any work on the excavator,
attach a ÖDo Do Not Operate
Operate× tag on the right
side control lever.

13031GE02

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS


Falling is one of the major causes of personal
injury.
When you get on and off the machine, always
maintain a three point contact with the steps and
handrails and face the machine. Do not use any
controls as handholds.
Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, 13031GE03

steps, and handrails when leaving the machine.

1-1
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance
service, hospital, and fire department near your
telephone.

13031GE04

PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS


Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal
or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.

13031GE05

PROTECT AGAINST NOISE


Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause
impairment or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
ear-
muffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable
or uncomfortable loud noises.

13031GE06

AVOID POWER LINES


Serious injury or death can result from contact with
electric lines.
Never move any part of the machine or load closer
to electric line than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line
insulator length.

14W7A1GE07

1-2
KEEP RIDERS OFF EXCAVATOR
Only allow the operator on the excavator. Keep
riders off.
Riders on excavator are subject to injury such as
being struck by foreign objects and being thrown
off the excavator. Riders also obstruct the
operator's view resulting in the excavator being
operated in an unsafe manner.
14W7A1GE08

MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY


Bystanders can be run over. Know the location of
bystanders before moving, swinging, or operating
the machine.
Always keep the travel alarm in working condition.
It warns people when the excavator starts to move.
Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or
operating the machine in congested areas.
Coordinate hand signals before starting the 14W7A1GE09

excavator.

OPERATE ONLY FORM OPERATOR'S SEAT


Avoid possible injury machine damage. Do not
start engine by shorting across starter terminals.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.
Start engine only from operator's seat.

13031GE26

PARK MACHINE SAFELY


Before working on the machine:
ÂPark machine on a level surface.
ÂLower bucket to the ground.
ÂTurn auto idle switch off.
ÂRun engine at 1/2 speed without load for 2 minutes.
ÂTurn key switch to OFF to stop engine.
Remove key from switch.
ÂMove pilot control shutoff lever to locked position.
ÂAllow engine to cool.

1-3
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
Always lower the attachment or implement to the
ground before you work on the machine. If you
must work on a lifted machine or attachment,
securely support the machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks,
hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under
continuous load.
Do not work under a machine that is supported
13031GE10
solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures
in this manual.

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY


Explosive release of fluids from pressurized
cooling system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool
enough to touch with bare hands.

13031GE11

HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES


Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. Do
not refuel the machine while smoking or when
near open flame or sparks. Always stop engine
before refueling machine.
Fill fuel tank outdoors.

13031GE12

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do


not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and
debris.
Do not store oily rags ; they can ignite and burn
spontaneously.

13031GE13

1-4
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can
cause sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be positive there
is adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe
extension to remove the exhaust fumes or open
doors and windows to bring enough outside air
into the area.

REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR HEATING


Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is
heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
Remove paint before welding or heating:
ÂIf you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
ÂIf you use solvent or paint stripper, remove
stripper with soap and water before welding.
Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and
other flammable material from area. Allow
fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before
13031GE14
welding or heating.

ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY


Illuminate your work area adequately but safely.
Use a portable safety light for working inside or
under the machine. Make sure the bulb is
enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an
accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or
oil.

13031GE15

1-5
SERVICE MACHINE SAFELY
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a
necktie, scarf, loose clothing or necklace when you
work near machine tools or moving parts. If these
items were to get caught, severe injury could
result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent
electrical shorts and entanglement in moving
parts.
13031GE16

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS


Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious
injury.
To prevent accidents, use care when working
around rotating parts.

13031GE17

AVOID HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS


Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the
skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. 13031GE18

Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically


removed within a few hours or gangrene may
result.

13031GE19

1-6
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID
LINES
Flammable spray can be generated by heating
near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe
burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by
welding, soldering, or using a torch near
pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when
heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
13031GE20
Install fire resisting guards to protect hoses or
other materials.

PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS


Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away
from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or
hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode.
Warm battery to 16˚C (60˚F).
13031GE21

PREVENT ACID BURNS


Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It
is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing,
and cause blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling of dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 10-15 minutes.
Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or
vegetable oil. 13031GE22

3. Get medical attention immediately.

1-7
USE TOOLS PROPERLY
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools,
parts, and procedures can create safety hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded tools and
fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the
correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement
tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury
caused by slipping wrenches.
Use only recommended replacement parts.(See
Parts manual.) 13031GE23

DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY


Improperly disposing of fluids can harm the
environment and ecology. Before draining any
fluids, find out the proper way to dispose of waste
from your local environmental agency.
Use proper containers when draining fluids. Do
not use food or beverage containers that may
mislead someone into drinking from them.
DO NOT pour oil into the ground, down a drain, or
into a stream, pond, or lake. Observe relevant
environmental protection regulations when 13031GE24
disposing of oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters,
batteries, and other harmful waste.

REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS


Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See
the machine operator's manual for correct safety
sign placement.

13031GE25

LIVE WITH SAFETY


Before returning machine to customer, make sure
machine is functioning properly, especially the
safety systems. Install all guards and shields.

1-8
GROUP 2 SPECIFICATIONS

1. MAJOR COMPONENT

Battery box Swing motor Fuel tank Hydraulic tank

Oil cooler
Radiator

Engine

Main pump

Tooth Bucket Main control valve Turning joint

Arm Arm cylinder Boom Boom cylinder Swing post Cab Muffler

Counterweight

Dozer cylinder

Dozer blade

Side cutter Control rod Front axle Travel motor Tool box Rear axle
Bucket cylinder Control link Bucket rest Front drive shaft Gear box Rear drive shaft

HW602SP01A

1-9
2. SPECIFICATIONS
1) 3.0 m (9'10") MONO BOOM, 1.6 m (5' 3") ARM WITH BOOM SWING SYSTEM

I(I') D

E
N
G
C

F
H
J K
A B(L)

HW65AH2SP02

Unit Specification
Boom 3.0 ( 9' 10")
m (ft-in)
Description Arm 1.60 ( 5' 3")
Tire Single 1200 Double 700

Axle STD HD

Operating weight kg (lb) 6065 (13370) 6355 (14010)


Overall length (travel) 6200 (20' 4") 6200 (20' 4")
A
Overall length (shipping) 6055 (19' 1") 6055 (19' 1")
Overall width B 1925 ( 6' 4") 2100 (6' 11")
Overall height of boom (travel) 2800 ( 9' 2") 2800 ( 9' 2")
C
Overall height of boom (shipping) 2280 ( 7' 6") 2280 ( 7' 6")
Upperstructure width D 1850 ( 6' 1") 1850 ( 6' 1")
Overall height of cab E 2905 ( 9' 6") 2865 ( 9' 5")
Ground clearance of counterweight F 1000 ( 3' 3") 960 ( 3' 2")
Overall height of engine hood G 2005 ( 6' 7") 1965 ( 6' 5")
mm (ft-in)
Minimum ground clearance H 315 ( 1. 0") 275 ( 0.11")
Rear-end distance I 1650 ( 5' 5") 1653 ( 5' 5")
Rear-end swing radius I' 1650 ( 5' 5") 1650 ( 5' 5")
Wheel base J 2100 ( 6' 11") 2100 ( 6' 11")
Tread K 1600 ( 5' 3") 1660 ( 5' 5")
Dozer blade width L 1925 ( 6' 4") 2100 ( 6' 11")
Height of blade O 350 ( 1' 2") 350 ( 1' 2")
Ground clearance of blade up P 430 ( 1' 5") 430 ( 1' 5")
Depth of blade down Q 154 ( 0' 6") 154 ( 0' 6")
Low 11 ( 6.8 ) 13.1 (8.1)
Travel speed km/hr (mph)
High 32 ( 19.9) 30 (18.6)
Swing speed rpm 8.26 8.26
Gradeability Degree (%) 30 (58) 30 (58)
Max traction force kg (lb) 3042 (6710) 3042 (6710)

1-10
2) 3.0 m (9'10") MONO BOOM, 1.9 m (6' 3") ARM WITH BOOM SWING SYSTEM

I(I') D

E
N
G
C

F
H
J K
A B(L)

Unit Specification
Boom 3.0 ( 9' 10")
m (ft-in)
Description Arm 1.90 ( 6' 3")
Tire Single 1200 Double 700

Axle STD HD

Operating weight kg (lb) 6195 (13660) 6485 (14300)


Overall length (travel) 6060 (19' 11") 6060 (19' 11")
A
Overall length (shipping) 6123 ( 20' 10") 6123 ( 20' 10")
Overall width B 1925 ( 6' 4") 2100 ( 6' 11")
Overall height of boom (travel) 3070 ( 10' 1") 3070 ( 10' 1")
C
Overall height of boom (shipping) 2590 ( 8' 6") 2590 ( 8' 6")
Upperstructure width D 1850 ( 6' 1") 1850 ( 6' 1")
Overall height of cab E 2905 ( 9' 6") 2865 ( 9' 5")
Ground clearance of counterweight F 1000 ( 3' 3") 960 ( 3' 2")
Overall height of engine hood G 2005 ( 6' 7") 1965 ( 6' 5")
mm (ft-in)
Minimum ground clearance H 315 ( 1.0") 275 ( 0.11")
Rear-end distance I 1675 ( 5' 6") 1675 ( 5' 6")
Rear-end swing radius I' 1680 ( 5' 6") 1680 ( 5' 6")
Wheel base J 2100 ( 6' 11") 2100 ( 6' 11")
Tread K 1600 ( 5' 3") 1660 ( 5' 5")
Dozer blade width L 1925 ( 6' 4") 2100 ( 6' 11")
Height of blade O 350 ( 1' 2") 350 ( 1' 2")
Ground clearance of blade up P 430 ( 1' 5") 430 ( 1' 5")
Depth of blade down Q 154 ( 0' 6") 154 ( 0' 6")
Low 11 (6.8) 13.1 (8.1)
Travel speed km/hr (mph)
High 32 (19.9) 30 (18.6)
Swing speed rpm 8.26 8.26
Gradeability Degree (%) 30 (58) 30 (58)
Max traction force kg (lb) 3042 (6710) 3042 (6710)

1-11
3. WORKING RANGE
1) 3.0 m (9'10") MONO BOOM WITH BOOM SWING SYSTEM
A
A'
F

D
E
B'
C
B

8ft HW65AH2SP03

Boom 3.0 m (9' 10")


Description m (ft-in)
Arm 1.6 m (5' 3") 1.9 m (6' 3")
Max digging reach A 6150 mm (20' 2") 6450 mm (21' 2")
Max digging reach on ground A' 5950 mm (19' 6") 6250 mm (20' 6")
Max digging depth B 3490 mm (11' 5") 3790 mm (12' 5")
Max digging depth (8 ft level) B' 3100 mm (10' 2") 3440 mm (11' 3")
mm (ft-in)
Max vertical wall digging depth C 3950 mm (13' 0") 3320 mm (10' 11")
Max digging height D 6045 mm (19' 1") 6260 mm (20' 6")
Max dumping height E 4290 mm (14' 1") 4490 mm (14' 1")
Min swing radius F 2380 mm ( 7' 10") 2410 mm ( 7' 11")
kN 36.9 [40.2] 36.9 [40.2]
kgf SAE 3763 [4100] 3763 [4100]
lbf 8295 [9039] 8290 [9039]
Bucket digging force
kN 42.1 [45.9] 42.1 [45.9]
kgf ISO 4292 [4680] 4290 [4680]
lbf 9461 [10318] 9462 [10318]
kN 27.3 [29.7] 24.3 [26.5]
kgf SAE 2779 [3030] 2476 [2476]
lbf 6126 [6680] 5459 [5459]
Arm crowd force
kN 28.3 [30.9] 25.1 [27.4]
kgf ISO 2886 [3150] 2561 [2790]
lbf 6335 [6945] 5646 [6151]

1-12
4. WEIGHT
HW65AH
Item
kg lb
Upperstructure assembly
Main frame weld assembly 764 1684
Engine assembly 264 582
Aftertreatment assy 11 25
Main pump assembly 35 77
Main control valve assembly 50 110
Swing motor assembly 76 168
Hydraulic oil tank assembly 95 208
Hydraulic oil (max) 61 135
Fuel tank assembly 67 148
Fuel oil (max) 106 233
Counterweight (STD) 210 463
Counterweight (Heavy) 330 728
Cab assembly 350 772
Lower chassis assembly
Lower frame weld assembly (single tire) 753 1660
Lower frame weld assembly (double tire) 769 1695
Swing bearing 102 225
Travel motor assembly 43 95
Turning joint 60 132
Transmission assembly 100 220
Front axle assembly 280 617
Rear axle assembly 240 529
Dozer blade assembly (single tire) 230 507
Dozer blade assembly (double tire) 242 534
Front attachment assembly
3.0 m boom assembly 247 545
1.6 m arm assembly 130 287
1.9 m arm assembly 135 298
0.18 m3 SAE heaped bucket assembly 162 357
0.07 m3 SAE heaped bucket assembly 110 243
Boom cylinder assembly 78 172
Arm cylinder assembly 65 143
Bucket cylinder assembly 37 82
Dozer cylinder assembly 31 68
Bucket control linkage total 46 102

1-13
5. LIFTING CAPACITIES

Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger


MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 210 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.51
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.5)
4.0 m kg *1210 *1210 *1270 1100 4.45
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 *2670 *2800 2430 (14.6)
3.0 m kg *1490 *1490 *1320 1290 *1230 910 4.96
(9.8 ft) lb *3280 *3280 *2910 2840 *2710 2010 (16.3)
2.0 m kg *2140 1900 *1570 1240 *1350 890 *1260 840 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4720 4190 *3460 2730 *2980 1960 *2780 1850 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 1790 *1810 1190 1340 870 1270 820 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 3950 *3990 2620 2950 1920 2800 1810 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1930 *1930 *2820 1750 1840 1160 1340 860 4.96
(0.0 ft) lb *4250 *4250 *6220 3860 4060 2560 2950 1900 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3740 3470 *2630 1750 *1800 1160 *1500 1000 4.46
(-3.3 ft) lb *8250 7650 *5800 3860 *3970 2560 *3310 2200 (14.6)
-2.0 m kg *3130 *3130 *2000 1790 *1520 1420 3.53
(-6.6 ft) lb *6900 *6900 *4410 3950 *3350 3130 (11.6)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-14
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 210 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.51
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.5)
4.0 m kg *1210 1140 *1270 950 4.45
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 2510 *2800 2090 (14.6)
3.0 m kg *1490 *1490 *1320 1110 *1230 790 4.96
(9.8 ft) lb *3280 *3280 *2910 2450 *2710 1740 (16.3)
2.0 m kg *2140 1620 *1570 1060 *1350 760 *1260 720 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4720 3570 *3460 2340 *2980 1680 *2780 1590 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 1510 *1810 1020 1340 740 1270 700 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 3330 *3990 2250 2950 1630 2800 1540 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1930 *1930 *2820 1470 1840 990 1340 740 4.96
(0.0 ft) lb *4250 *4250 *6220 3240 4060 2180 2950 1630 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3740 2810 *2630 1470 *1800 990 *1500 860 4.46
(-3.3 ft) lb *8250 6190 *5800 3240 *3970 2180 *3310 1900 (14.6)
-2.0 m kg *3130 2880 *2000 1510 *1520 1210 3.53
(-6.6 ft) lb *6900 6350 *4410 3330 *3350 2670 (11.6)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-15
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 330 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.51
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.5)
4.0 m kg *1210 *1210 *1270 1160 4.45
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 *2670 *2800 2560 (14.6)
3.0 m kg *1490 *1490 *1320 *1320 *1230 970 4.96
(9.8 ft) lb *3280 *3280 *2910 *2910 *2710 2140 (16.3)
2.0 m kg *2140 2000 *1570 1310 *1350 940 *1260 880 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4720 4410 *3460 2890 *2980 2070 *2780 1940 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 1890 *1810 1260 1400 920 1330 870 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 4170 *3990 2780 3090 2030 2930 1920 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1930 *1930 *2820 1850 *1920 1230 1410 920 4.96
(0.0 ft) lb *4250 *4250 *6220 4080 *4230 2710 3110 2030 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3740 3660 *2630 1850 *1800 1230 *1500 1060 4.46
(-3.3 ft) lb *8250 8070 *5800 4080 *3970 2710 *3310 2340 (14.6)
-2.0 m kg *3130 *3130 *2000 1890 *1520 1500 3.53
(-6.6 ft) lb *6900 *6900 *4410 4170 *3350 3310 (11.6)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-16
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 330 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.51
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.5)
4.0 m kg *1210 1200 *1270 1000 4.45
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 2650 *2800 2200 (14.6)
3.0 m kg *1490 *1490 *1320 1180 *1230 840 4.96
(9.8 ft) lb *3280 *3280 *2910 2600 *2710 1850 (16.3)
2.0 m kg *2140 1710 *1570 1130 *1350 810 *1260 760 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4720 3770 *3460 2490 *2980 1790 *2780 1680 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 1610 *1810 1080 1400 790 1330 750 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 3550 *3990 2380 3090 1740 2930 1650 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1930 *1930 *2820 1560 *1920 1050 1410 790 4.96
(0.0 ft) lb *4250 *4250 *6220 3440 *4230 2310 3110 1740 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3740 2980 *2630 1560 *1800 1050 *1500 910 4.46
(-3.3 ft) lb *8250 6570 *5800 3440 *3970 2310 *3310 2010 (14.6)
-2.0 m kg *3130 3050 *2000 1600 *1520 1280 3.53
(-6.6 ft) lb *6900 6720 *4410 3530 *3350 2820 (11.6)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-17
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 210 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1180 *1180 3.97
(16.4 ft) lb *2600 *2600 (13.0)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 980 4.80
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 2160 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1200 *1200 *1180 920 *1010 840 5.27
(9.8 ft) lb *2650 *2650 *2600 2030 *2230 1850 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1930 *1930 *1460 1260 *1270 900 *1030 770 5.49
(6.6 ft) lb *4250 *4250 *3220 2780 *2800 1980 *2270 1700 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2550 1820 *1740 1200 1340 870 *1110 760 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5620 4010 *3840 2650 2950 1920 *2450 1680 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1860 *1860 *2810 1760 1840 1160 1320 850 1230 790 5.27
(0.0 ft) lb *4100 *4100 *6190 3880 4060 2560 2910 1870 2710 1740 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2260 *2260 *3220 *3220 *2720 1740 1830 1150 *1400 900 4.81
(-3.3 ft) lb *4980 *4980 *7100 *7100 *6000 3840 4030 2540 *3090 1980 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3620 *3620 *3640 3500 *2260 1770 *1440 1180 3.98
(-6.6 ft) lb *7980 *7980 *8020 7720 *4980 3900 *3170 2600 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-18
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 210 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1180 1160 3.97
(16.4 ft) lb *2600 2560 (13.0)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 850 4.80
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 1870 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1200 1130 *1180 790 *1010 720 5.27
(9.8 ft) lb *2650 2490 *2600 1740 *2230 1590 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1930 1650 *1460 1080 *1270 770 *1030 660 5.49
(6.6 ft) lb *4250 3640 *3220 2380 *2800 1700 *2270 1460 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2550 1540 *1740 1030 1340 750 *1110 650 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5620 3400 *3840 2270 2950 1650 *2450 1430 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1860 *1860 *2810 1480 1840 990 1320 730 1230 680 5.27
(0.0 ft) lb *4100 *4100 *6190 3260 4060 2180 2910 1610 2710 1500 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2260 *2260 *3220 2790 *2720 1470 1830 980 *1400 770 4.81
(-3.3 ft) lb *4980 *4980 *7100 6150 *6000 3240 4030 2160 *3090 1700 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3620 *3620 *3640 2850 *2260 1490 *1440 1010 3.98
(-6.6 ft) lb *7980 *7980 *8020 6280 *4980 3280 *3170 2230 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-19
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 330 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1180 *1180 3.97
(16.4 ft) lb *2600 *2600 (13.0)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 1040 4.80
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 2290 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1200 *1200 *1180 970 *1010 890 5.27
(9.8 ft) lb *2650 *2650 *2600 2140 *2230 1960 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1930 *1930 *1460 1320 *1270 950 *1030 820 5.49
(6.6 ft) lb *4250 *4250 *3220 2910 *2800 2090 *2270 1810 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2550 1920 *1740 1270 *1390 920 *1110 800 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5620 4230 *3840 2800 *3060 2030 *2450 1760 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1860 *1860 *2810 1860 *1900 1230 1390 900 *1270 840 5.27
(0.0 ft) lb *4100 *4100 *6190 4100 *4190 2710 3060 1980 *2800 1850 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2260 *2260 *3220 *3220 *2720 1840 *1870 1220 *1400 950 4.81
(-3.3 ft) lb *4980 *4980 *7100 *7100 *6000 4060 *4120 2690 *3090 2090 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3620 *3620 *3640 *3640 *2260 1870 *1440 1250 3.98
(-6.6 ft) lb *7980 *7980 *8020 *8020 *4980 4120 *3170 2760 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-20
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO SINGLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 330 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1180 *1180 3.97
(16.4 ft) lb *2600 *2600 (13.0)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 900 4.80
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 1980 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1200 1190 *1180 840 *1010 770 5.27
(9.8 ft) lb *2650 2620 *2600 1850 *2230 1700 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1930 1740 *1460 1140 *1270 820 *1030 710 5.49
(6.6 ft) lb *4250 3840 *3220 2510 *2800 1810 *2270 1570 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2550 1630 *1740 1090 *1390 790 *1110 690 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5620 3590 *3840 2400 *3060 1740 *2450 1520 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1860 *1860 *2810 1570 *1900 1050 1390 780 *1270 720 5.27
(0.0 ft) lb *4100 *4100 *6190 3460 *4190 2310 3060 1720 *2800 1590 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2260 *2260 *3220 2960 *2720 1560 *1870 1040 *1400 820 4.81
(-3.3 ft) lb *4980 *4980 *7100 6530 *6000 3440 *4120 2290 *3090 1810 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3620 *3620 *3640 3010 *2260 1580 *1440 1070 3.98
(-6.6 ft) lb *7980 *7980 *8020 6640 *4980 3480 *3170 2360 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-21
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 210 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.48
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.4)
4.0 m kg *1210 *1210 *1270 1190 4.43
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 *2670 *2800 2620 (14.5)
3.0 m kg *1480 *1480 *1320 *1320 *1230 990 4.95
(9.8 ft) lb *3260 *3260 *2910 *2910 *2710 2180 (16.2)
2.0 m kg *2130 2060 *1560 1340 *1340 960 *1260 910 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4700 4540 *3440 2950 *2950 2120 *2780 2010 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 1950 *1800 1290 1400 940 1320 890 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 4300 *3970 2840 3090 2070 2910 1960 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1890 *1890 *2820 1900 *1920 1260 1400 940 4.97
(0.0 ft) lb *4170 *4170 *6220 4190 *4230 2780 3090 2070 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3690 *3690 *2640 1900 *1810 1260 *1500 1080 4.47
(-3.3 ft) lb *8140 *8140 *5820 4190 *3990 2780 *3310 2380 (14.7)
-2.0 m kg *3170 *3170 *2020 1940 *1520 1520 3.56
(-6.6 ft) lb *6990 *6990 *4450 4280 *3350 3350 (11.7)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-22
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 210 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.48
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.4)
4.0 m kg *1210 *1210 *1270 1050 4.43
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 *2670 *2800 2310 (14.5)
3.0 m kg *1480 *1480 *1320 1220 *1230 870 4.95
(9.8 ft) lb *3260 *3260 *2910 2690 *2710 1920 (16.2)
2.0 m kg *2130 1790 *1560 1170 *1340 840 *1260 790 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4700 3950 *3440 2580 *2950 1850 *2780 1740 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 1680 *1800 1130 1400 820 1320 780 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 3700 *3970 2490 3090 1810 2910 1720 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1890 *1890 *2820 1640 *1920 1100 1400 820 4.97
(0.0 ft) lb *4170 *4170 *6220 3620 *4230 2430 3090 1810 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3690 3150 *2640 1640 *1810 1090 *1500 950 4.47
(-3.3 ft) lb *8140 6940 *5820 3620 *3990 2400 *3310 2090 (14.7)
-2.0 m kg *3170 *3170 *2020 1680 *1520 1320 3.56
(-6.6 ft) lb *6990 *6990 *4450 3700 *3350 2910 (11.7)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-23
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 330 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.48
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.4)
4.0 m kg *1210 *1210 *1270 1250 4.43
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 *2670 *2800 2760 (14.5)
3.0 m kg *1480 *1480 *1320 *1320 *1230 1040 4.95
(9.8 ft) lb *3260 *3260 *2910 *2910 *2710 2290 (16.2)
2.0 m kg *2130 *2130 *1560 1410 *1340 1010 *1260 960 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4700 *4700 *3440 3110 *2950 2230 *2780 2120 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 2050 *1800 1360 *1430 990 *1370 940 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 4520 *3970 3000 *3150 2180 *3020 2070 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1890 *1890 *2820 2000 *1920 1330 *1440 990 4.97
(0.0 ft) lb *4170 *4170 *6220 4410 *4230 2930 *3170 2180 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3690 *3690 *2640 2000 *1810 1330 *1500 1140 4.47
(-3.3 ft) lb *8140 *8140 *5820 4410 *3990 2930 *3310 2510 (14.7)
-2.0 m kg *3170 *3170 *2020 *2020 *1520 *1520 3.56
(-6.6 ft) lb *6990 *6990 *4450 *4450 *3350 *3350 (11.7)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-24
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1600 330 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Lift-point radius (B) At max. reach


Lift-point 2.0 m (6.6 ft) 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) Capacity Reach
height (A)
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1310 *1310 3.48
(16.4 ft) lb *2890 *2890 (11.4)
4.0 m kg *1210 *1210 *1270 1110 4.43
(13.1 ft) lb *2670 *2670 *2800 2450 (14.5)
3.0 m kg *1480 *1480 *1320 1290 *1230 920 4.95
(9.8 ft) lb *3260 *3260 *2910 2840 *2710 2030 (16.2)
2.0 m kg *2130 1880 *1560 1240 *1340 890 *1260 840 5.19
(6.6 ft) lb *4700 4140 *3440 2730 *2950 1960 *2780 1850 (17.0)
1.0 m kg *2670 1780 *1800 1190 *1430 870 *1370 820 5.19
(3.3 ft) lb *5890 3920 *3970 2620 *3150 1920 *3020 1810 (17.0)
0.0 m kg *1890 *1890 *2820 1730 *1920 1160 *1440 870 4.97
(0.0 ft) lb *4170 *4170 *6220 3810 *4230 2560 *3170 1920 (16.3)
-1.0 m kg *3690 3330 *2640 1730 *1810 1160 *1500 1000 4.47
(-3.3 ft) lb *8140 7340 *5820 3810 *3990 2560 *3310 2200 (14.7)
-2.0 m kg *3170 *3170 *2020 1770 *1520 1400 3.56
(-6.6 ft) lb *6990 *6990 *4450 3900 *3350 3090 (11.7)

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-25
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 210 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1190 *1190 3.94
(16.4 ft) lb *2620 *2620 (12.9)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 *1050 4.78
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 *2310 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1190 *1190 *1180 990 *1010 910 5.26
(9.8 ft) lb *2620 *2620 *2600 2180 *2230 2010 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1910 *1910 *1460 1360 *1270 970 *1030 840 5.48
(6.6 ft) lb *4210 *4210 *3220 3000 *2800 2140 *2270 1850 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2540 1970 *1730 1300 *1380 940 *1110 820 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5600 4340 *3810 2870 *3040 2070 *2450 1810 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1830 *1830 *2800 1910 *1900 1260 1390 930 *1260 860 5.28
(0.0 ft) lb *4030 *4030 *6170 4210 *4190 2780 3060 2050 *2780 1900 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2230 *2230 *3190 *3190 *2730 1890 *1870 1250 *1400 970 4.82
(-3.3 ft) lb *4920 *4920 *7030 *7030 *6020 4170 *4120 2760 *3090 2140 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3580 *3580 *3670 *3670 *2280 1920 *1450 1270 *1440 1270 4.01
(-6.6 ft) lb *7890 *7890 *8090 *8090 *5030 4230 *3200 2800 *3170 2800 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-26
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 210 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1190 *1190 3.94
(16.4 ft) lb *2620 *2620 (12.9)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 940 4.78
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 2070 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1190 *1190 *1180 870 *1010 800 5.26
(9.8 ft) lb *2620 *2620 *2600 1920 *2230 1760 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1910 1820 *1460 1190 *1270 850 *1030 730 5.48
(6.6 ft) lb *4210 4010 *3220 2620 *2800 1870 *2270 1610 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2540 1700 *1730 1140 *1380 830 *1110 720 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5600 3750 *3810 2510 *3040 1830 *2450 1590 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1830 *1830 *2800 1640 *1900 1100 1390 810 *1260 750 5.28
(0.0 ft) lb *4030 *4030 *6170 3620 *4190 2430 3060 1790 *2780 1650 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2230 *2230 *3190 3130 *2730 1630 *1870 1090 *1400 850 4.82
(-3.3 ft) lb *4920 *4920 *7030 6900 *6020 3590 *4120 2400 *3090 1870 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3580 *3580 *3670 3190 *2280 1650 *1450 1110 *1440 1110 4.01
(-6.6 ft) lb *7890 *7890 *8090 7030 *5030 3640 *3200 2450 *3170 2450 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-27
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 330 - - Down - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1190 *1190 3.94
(16.4 ft) lb *2620 *2620 (12.9)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 *1050 4.78
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 *2310 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1190 *1190 *1180 1040 *1010 960 5.26
(9.8 ft) lb *2620 *2620 *2600 2290 *2230 2120 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1910 *1910 *1460 1420 *1270 1020 *1030 880 5.48
(6.6 ft) lb *4210 *4210 *3220 3130 *2800 2250 *2270 1940 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2540 2070 *1730 1370 *1380 1000 *1110 870 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5600 4560 *3810 3020 *3040 2200 *2450 1920 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1830 *1830 *2800 2010 *1900 1330 *1440 980 *1260 910 5.28
(0.0 ft) lb *4030 *4030 *6170 4430 *4190 2930 *3170 2160 *2780 2010 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2230 *2230 *3190 *3190 *2730 2000 *1870 1320 *1400 1030 4.82
(-3.3 ft) lb *4920 *4920 *7030 *7030 *6020 4410 *4120 2910 *3090 2270 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3580 *3580 *3670 *3670 *2280 2020 *1450 1340 *1440 1340 4.01
(-6.6 ft) lb *7890 *7890 *8090 *8090 *5030 4450 *3200 2950 *3170 2950 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-28
Model Type Boom Arm Counterweight Wheel Dozer Outrigger
MONO DOUBLE Length [mm] Length [mm] weight [kg] width [mm] Front Rear Front Rear
HW65AH
BOOM TIRE 3000 1900 330 - - Up - -

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree A

Load radius At max. reach


Load point 1.0 m (3 ft) 2.0 m (7 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4.0 m (13 ft) 5.0 m (16 ft) Capacity Reach
height
m (ft)
5.0 m kg *1190 *1190 3.94
(16.4 ft) lb *2620 *2620 (12.9)
4.0 m kg *1060 *1060 *1050 990 4.78
(13.1 ft) lb *2340 *2340 *2310 2180 (15.7)
3.0 m kg *1190 *1190 *1180 920 *1010 840 5.26
(9.8 ft) lb *2620 *2620 *2600 2030 *2230 1850 (17.3)
2.0 m kg *1910 *1910 *1460 1250 *1270 900 *1030 780 5.48
(6.6 ft) lb *4210 *4210 *3220 2760 *2800 1980 *2270 1720 (18.0)
1.0 m kg *2540 1800 *1730 1200 *1380 880 *1110 760 5.49
(3.3 ft) lb *5600 3970 *3810 2650 *3040 1940 *2450 1680 (18.0)
0.0 m kg *1830 *1830 *2800 1740 *1900 1160 *1440 860 *1260 800 5.28
(0.0 ft) lb *4030 *4030 *6170 3840 *4190 2560 *3170 1900 *2780 1760 (17.3)
-1.0 m kg *2230 *2230 *3190 *3190 *2730 1720 *1870 1150 *1400 900 4.82
(-3.3 ft) lb *4920 *4920 *7030 *7030 *6020 3790 *4120 2540 *3090 1980 (15.8)
-2.0 m kg *3580 *3580 *3670 3360 *2280 1750 *1450 1180 *1440 1170 4.01
(-6.6 ft) lb *7890 *7890 *8090 7410 *5030 3860 *3200 2600 *3170 2580 (13.1)
-3.0 m kg
(-9.8 ft) lb

※ Note
1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the HX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine on firm,
level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The lift-point is bucket pivot mounting pin on the arm (without bucket mass).
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

※ Lifting capacities are based upon a standard machine conditions.


Lifting capacities will vary with different work tools, ground conditions and attachments.
The difference between the weight of a work tool attachment must be subtracted.
Consult your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealer regarding the lifting capacities for specific
work tools and attachments.
Failure to comply to the rated load can cause possible personal injury or property damage.
Make adjustments to the rated load as necessary for non-standard configurations.

1-29
6. BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE

0.07m3 SAE 0.18 m3 SAE


heaped bucket heaped bucket

Recommendation
Capacity Width
3.0 m (9' 10") boom
Weight
SAE CECE Without With
1.6 m (5' 3") arm
heaped heaped side cutter side cutter
0.07 m3 0.06 m3 270 mm 360 mm 115 kg
(0.09 yd ) (0.08 yd3)
3 (10.6") (14.2") (255 lb) Applicable for materials with density of 1600 kgf/m3
0.18 m3 0.15 m3 620 mm 730 mm 170 kg (2700 lb/yd3) or less
(0.24 yd ) (0.20 yd3)
3 (24.4") (28.7") (375 lb)

1-30
7. SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAJOR COMPONENTS

1) ENGINE
Item Specification
Model Hyundai DM02VB
4-cycle, turbocharged, intercooled, electronic con-
Type
trolled diesel engine
Cooling method Air cooled
Number of cylinders and arrangement 4 cylinders, in-line
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Combustion chamber type Direct injection type
Cylinder bore stroke 90 94 mm (3.5" 3.7")
Piston displacement 2392 cc (145 cu in)
Compression ratio 16.9 : 1
Gross power 65.9 Hp (48.5 kW)
Net power 63.9 Hp (47 kW)
Max. power 65.9 Hp (485 kW)
Peak torque 25 kgf·m (183 lbf·ft)
Engine oil quantity 8.6 (2.3 U.S. gal)
Dry weight (wet weight) 253 kg (558 lb)
Starting motor 12 V - 2.5 kW
Alternator 13.5 V - 90 A

2) MAIN PUMP
Item Specification
Type AP2D28
Capacity 2 25 cc/rev
Maximum pressure 220 kgf/cm2 (3130 psi)
Rated oil flow 2 60 /min (15.9 U.S. gpm / 13.2 U.K. gpm)
Rated speed 2400 rpm

1-31
3) GEAR PUMP

Item Specification
Type GSP2H-16
Capacity 16.2 cc/rev
Maximum pressure 200 kgf/cm2 (2845 psi)
Rated oil flow 38.9 /min (10.2 / 8.5 U.S. gpm)

4) MAIN CONTROL VALVE

Item Specification
Type 11 spools, two- block
Operating method Hydraulic pilot system
Main relief valve pressure 220 kgf/cm2 (3130 psi)
Boom 240 kgf/cm2 (3420 psi)
Port felief valve pressure Arm 240 kgf/cm2 (3420 psi)
Bucket 240 kgf/cm2 (3420 psi)

5) SWING MOTOR
Item Specification
Type Fixed displacement axial piston motor
Capacity 591.7 cc/rev
Relief pressure 230 kgf/cm2 (3280 psi)
Braking system Automatic, spring applied hydraulic released
Swing brake Multi wet disc
Braking torque 272.5 kgf·m (1970 lbf·ft)
Brake release pressure 20~40 kgf/cm2 (284~570 psi)
Swing bearing lubrication Grease-bathed
Reduction gear type 2 - stage planetary

6) TRAVEL MOTOR
Item Specification
Type Variable displacement axial piston motor
Capacity 80 / 30.2 cc/rev
Relief pressure 235 kgf/cm2 (3350 psi)

1-32
7) POWER TRAIN
Item Description Specification
Type 2 Speed Powershift transmission
1st 4.06
Transmission Gear ratio
2nd 1.31
Clutch pressure 26~32 kgf/cm2 (370~455 psi)
Type SAHR (Spring Applied Hydraulic Release)
Parking brake
Maximum braking power 810 kgf m (5856 lbf ft)
Type 4 wheel drive with differential
Gear ratio 13.65
Axle Brake Wet Type Multiple disc
Brake pressure 52 kgf/cm2 (740 psi)
Steering pressure 148 kgf/cm2 (2210 psi)

8) CYLINDER
Item Specification
Bore dia Rod dia Stroke 110 60 715 mm
Boom cylinder
Cushion Extend only
Bore dia Rod dia Stroke 90 55 850 mm
Arm cylinder
Cushion Extend and retract
Bore dia Rod dia Stroke 80 50 660 mm
Bucket cylinder
Cushion -
Bore dia Rod dia Stroke 110 60 224 mm
Dozer cylinder
Cushion -

Discoloration of cylinder rod can occur when the friction reduction additive of lubrication oil spreads on
the rod surface.
Discoloration does not cause any harmful effect on the cylinder performance.

9) BUCKET
Capacity Tooth Width
Item
SAE heaped CECE heaped quantity Without side cutter With side cutter

STD 0.18 m3 (0.24 yd3) 0.15 m3 (0.20 yd3) 5 620 mm (24.4") 730 mm (28.7")
HW65AH
OPT 0.07 m3 (0.09 yd3) 0.06 m3 (0.08 yd3) 3 270 mm (10.6") 360 mm (14.2")

1-33
8. RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS
Use only oils listed below or equivalent.
Do not mix different brand oil.
Ambient temperature˚C(˚F)
Capacity
Service point Kind of fluid -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
ℓ (U.S. gal)
(-4) (14) (32) (50) (68) (86) (104)

SAE 30

Engine SAE 10W


Engine oil 8.6 (2.3)
oil pan SAE 10W-30

SAE 15W-40

Gear oil 1.5 (0.4) SAE 80W-90


Swing drive
NLGI NO.1
Grease 0.2 (0.1)
NLGI NO.2
Gear box case 1.8 (0.5)
Center: 5
Front axle (1.3) SAE 75W-90
Hub: 0.4×2
Gear oil (0.11×2)
Center:5 SAE 85W-90
Rear axle (1.3)
Hub: 0.4×2
(0.11×2)
Tank; ISO VG 15
70 (18.5)
Hydraulic tank Hydraulic oil System; ISO VG 46
120
(31.7) ISO VG 68

ASTM D975 NO.1


Fuel tank Diesel fuel★1 125 (33)
ASTM D975 NO.2

Fitting NLGI NO.1


Grease As required
(grease nipple) NLGI NO.2

Mixture of
Radiator
antifreeze 11 (2.9) Ethylene glycol base permanent type (50 : 50)
(reservoir tank)
and water★2

SAE : Society of Automotive Engineers 1 : Ultra low sulfur diesel


API : American Petroleum Institute - sulfur content  15 ppm
ISO : International Organization for Standardization 2 : Soft water
NLGI : National Lubricating Grease Institute City water or distilled water
ASTM : American Society of Testing and Material

※ Using any lubricating oils other than HD Hyundai Construction Equipment genuine products may lead to a
deterioration of performance and cause damage to major components.
※ Do not mix HD Hyundai Construction Equipment genuine oil with any other lubricating oil as it may result in
damage to the systems of major components.
※ Do not use any engine oil other than that specified above, as it may clog the diesel particulate filter(DPF).
※ For HD Hyundai Construction Equipment genuine lubricating oils and grease for use in regions with extremely
low temperatures, please contact HD Hyundai Construction Equipment dealers.

1-34
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

Group 1 Pump Device -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-1


Group 2 Main Control Valve ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-6
Group 3 Swing Device -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-28
Group 4 Travel Device -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-38
Group 5 RCV Lever ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-44
Group 6 RCV pedal ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-51
Group 7 Brake pedal (valve) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-52
Group 8 Gear box --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-54
Group 9 Axle ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-57
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
GROUP 1 HYDRAULIC PUMP

1. GENERAL
This is a variable displacement double-piston pump for discharge with equal displacements from one
cylinder block. This pump is so compact as to appear a single pump though this is actually a double
pump.
Because this pump has one swash plate, the tilting angle is the same for two pumps. Tilting of the
pump changes in response to the total pressure of P1 + P2. Namely, the output is controlled to the
constant value so that the relationship between the discharge pressure and flow rate Q becomes
constant, (P1 + P2) * Q =Constant.
The third pump and pilot pump can be connected to the same shaft via a coupling.

A2

R1 A1G A1 A2 A2G A3 A4

A1
Z S1

Hydraulic circuit

R1 A3
A1 A2
A1G A2G

A4 S1
HW60A2MP01

Description of the ports


Port Name Bore
S1 Suction port SAE 1 1/2 (standard)
A1, A2 Discharge port PF 1/2
A3 Discharge port PF 1/2
A4 Discharge port PF 1/4
A1G, A2G Gauge port PF 1/4 with quick coupler
Z Pilot pressure port PF 1/4
R1 Air bleeder port M10Ý1.0 with bleeder valve

2-1
2. PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS

1 2 5 8 14 13

3 6 9 4 7

HW60A2MP02

 1 Drive shaft  5 Spring sheet  9 Body


 2 Hanger   6 Control piston  13 Spring
 3 Rotary group  7 Gear pump  14 Spring
 4 Port plate 8 Housing

SPECIFICATIONS
ú Capacity : 2Ý25+16.2+6.5 cc/rev
ú Rated oil flow : 2Ý57.5+37.5+15 ˶ /min
ú Rated pressure : 2Ý220+220+30 kgf/cm2

This is a variable displacement double-piston pump for discharge with two equal displacements from
one cylinder block. Because this is one rotary group, there is only one suction port.
The oil is divided into two equal flows by the control plate in the cover and directed to two discharge
ports provided in the cover.
The discharge pressure directed to the control piston tilts the hanger by overcoming the spring force.
Since the piston stroke changes according to the tilting angle of the hanger, the flow can be
changed.
The simultaneous tilting angle constant-output control method is employed.
The third pump and pilot pump can be connected to the same shaft via a coupling.

2-2
1) PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
(1) Function of pump

Bottom dead point


Piston

Cylinder block Swash plate

Control plate

Delivery port
inside

Suction port
Delivery port
outside Top dead point

HW65AH2MP03

The cylinder block is connected via spline and can rotate together with the drive shaft.
The piston assembled into the cylinder block performs reciprocal operation while following the
swash plate on the hanger.
The piston moves in a direction to increase the displacement during a stroke from the lower to the
upper dead points. The oil flows from the suction port via a port plate into the cylinder block
(suction process).
During a stroke from the upper to the lower dead points, the piston moves in a direction to
decrease the displacement. The oil is discharged to the discharge port (discharge process).
The displacement can be changed by changing the tilting of the hanger (swash plate).
The oil sucked through the port in the cylinder block is discharged from the discharge port in the
port plate.
The oil sucked through the port on the outside of the cylinder block is discharged from the
discharge port on the outside of the port plate.

2-3
2) CONTROL FUNCTIONS

Spring A Spring B

A+B

HW65AH2MP04

LV-constant power control with power shift.


The average pressure of P1 and P2 are directed to the piston which sides on the swash plate,
and acts on the swash plate.
The spring is provided to act against the delivery pressure.
When the oil pressure via piston acting on the swash plate is less than the installation load of the
spring, the swash plate is fixed to the maximum tilting position.
When the oil pressure via piston acting on the swash plate exceeds the installation load of the
spring, the swash plate is tilted and the swash plate is kept at a position where the oil pressure is
balanced with the spring force. (Region A or B in above fiture)
When the P3 oil pressure acts on the shift piston, flow line is shifted to P3 shift flow line.
When the P3 oil pressure from Z port acts on the shift piston, flow line is shifted to P3 shift flow
line.★

When the Z port is not used, it is led to the drain.

2-4
3) CONTROL / ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
This hydraulic pump has been set and inspected according to your specified inpput power and
control. Readjustment of all the adjusting portions may lead to the loss of functions specified for
each control and the pump proper may be excluded from the scope of guarantee.
Never attempt operating the adjustment screw.

2-5
GROUP 2 MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1. OUTLINE
% 2-WAY

a9
xb9
MR1 a8
a6 a3 a4 a10
a1 a2 sa a5 a7 a11
Gauge
Ai,Pp

T1 A9
A1 A2 A5 A6 A3 A4 A7 A8 A10 A11

T2

B8
B1 B2 P3 B5 B6 B3 B4 B7 B9 B10 B11
P2 P1

b1 b2 sb b5 b6 b3 b4 b7 b8 b9 b10 b11
MR3 OR(10EA)

HW60A2MC01

Port Tightening Port Tightening


Mark Port name Mark Port name
size torque size torque
P1 P1 pump port T2 Tank return port PF3/4 8~9 kgf·m
P2 P2 pump port a1 Swing pilot port (LH)
P3 P3 pump port b1 Swing pilot port (RH)
A1 Swing port (LH) a2 Dozer down pilot port
B1 Swing port (RH) b2 Dozer up pilot port
A2 Dozer down port a3 Boom swing pilot port (LH)
B2 Dozer up port b3 Boom swing pilot port RH)
A3 Boom swing port (LH) a4 Wood grab in port
B3 Boom swing port (RH) b4 Wood grab out port
A4 Wood grab in port a5 Boom 2 pilot port
B4 Wood grab out port b5 Breaker pilot port
A5 Boom 2 port PF a6 Arm out pilot port
B5 Breaker port 1/2
6.0~7.0 b6 Arm in pilot port 2.5~3.0
A6 Arm out port PF1/4
kgf·m a7 Travel pilot port (LH/FW) kgf·m
B6 Arm in port
b7 Travel pilot port (LH/RR)
A7 Travel port (FW)
a8 Travel pilot port (RH/FW)
B7 Travel port (BW)
b8 Travel pilot port (RH/RR)
A8 Travel port (FW)
a9 Boom up pilot port
B8 Travel port (BW)
b9 Boom down pilot port
A9 Boom up port
a10 Bucket out pilot port
B9 Bucket out port
b10 Bucket in pilot port
A10 Bucket out port
B10 Bucket in port a11 Arm 2 pilot port
B11 Arm 2 port b11 Arm 2 pilot port
MR1 Ai Auto idle signal port
Main relief valve - Pp Pilot supply port
MR3
OR Overload relief valve -
10~12
T1 Tank return port PF1
kgf·m

2-6
& 1-WAY
a9
xb9
MR1 a8
a6 a3 a10
a1 a2 sa a5 a7 a11
Gauge
Ai,Pp

T1 A9
A1 A2 A5 A6 A3 A7 A8 A10 A11

T2

B8
B1 B2 P3 B5 B6 B3 B7 B9 B10 B11
P2 P1

b1 b2 sb b5 b6 b3 b7 b8 b9 b10 b11
MR3
OR(8EA)

HW60A2MC02

Port Tightening Port Tightening


Mark Port name Mark Port name
size torque size torque
P1 P1 pump port T2 Tank return port PF3/4 8~9 kgf·m
P2 P2 pump port a1 Swing pilot port (LH)
P3 P3 pump port b1 Swing pilot port (RH)
A1 Swing port (LH) a2 Dozer down pilot port
B1 Swing port (RH) b2 Dozer up pilot port
A2 Dozer down port a3 Boom swing pilot port (LH)
B2 Dozer up port b3 Boom swing pilot port RH)
A3 Boom swing port (LH) a4 Wood grab in port
B3 Boom swing port (RH) b4 Wood grab out port
A5 Boom 2 port PF a5 Boom 2 pilot port
B5 Breaker port 1/2
b5 Breaker pilot port
A6 Arm out port
6.0~7.0 a6 Arm out pilot port
B6 Arm in port
kgf·m b6 Arm in pilot port 2.5~3.0
A7 Travel port (FW) PF1/4
a7 Travel pilot port (LH/FW) kgf·m
B7 Travel port (BW)
b7 Travel pilot port (LH/RR)
A8 Travel port (FW)
a8 Travel pilot port (RH/FW)
B8 Travel port (BW)
b8 Travel pilot port (RH/RR)
A9 Boom up port
a9 Boom up pilot port
B9 Bucket out port
b9 Boom down pilot port
A10 Bucket out port
B10 Bucket in port a10 Bucket out pilot port
PF
B11 Arm 2 port 1/2 b10 Bucket in pilot port
MR1 a11 Arm 2 pilot port
Main relief valve - b11 Arm 2 pilot port
MR3
OR Overload relief valve - Ai Auto idle signal port
10~12 Pp Pilot supply port
T1 Tank return port PF1
kgf·m

2-7
2. STRUCTURE (1/4)

HW60A2MC03

1 Cover assy-port 2-12 O-ring  3-14 O-ring


1-1 Cover-autoidle 2-13 O-ring 3-15 Gasket
1-2 Orifice 2-14 Screw-set 4 Inlet block (P3)
1-3 Filter assy 2-15 Gasket 4-1 Work block
1-4 Screw-set 3 Dozer block 4-2 Slector spool
1-5 O-ring 3-1 Work block 4-3 O-ring
2 Swing block 3-2 Dozer spool 4-4 Pilot cap (A)
2-1 Work block 3-3 O-ring 4-5 Wrench bolt
2-2 Swing spool assy 3-4 Pilot cap (A) 4-6 Plain washer
2-3 Pilot cap (A) 3-5 Wrench 4-7 Pilot cap (B1)
2-4 Pilot cap (B1) 3-6 Plain washer 4-8 Check poppet
2-5 Wrench bolt 3-7 Pilot cap (B1) 4-9 Check spring
2-6 Plain washer 3-8 Check poppet 4-10 Plug assy
2-7 O-ring 3-9 Check spring 4-11 Main relief valve
2-8 Check proppet 3-10 Plug assy 4-12 Plug
2-9 Check spring 3-11 Plug assy 4-15 Gasket
2-10 Plug assy 3-12 Anti-cavitation valve 17 Tie bolt
2-11 Plug assy 3-13 O-ring 18 Nut

2-8
STRUCTURE (2/4)

HW60A2MC04

 5 Boom 2 block 6-5 Wrench bolt 7-12 O-ring


5-1 Work block 6-6 Plainwasher 7-13 O-ring
5-2 Boom 2 spool 6-7 Pilot cap (B1) 7-15 Gasket
5-3 O-ring 6-8 Check poppet 8 Wood grap block
5-4 Pilot cap (A) 6-9 Check spring 8-1 Work block
5-5 Wrench bolt 6-10 Plug assy 8-2 Rotator spool
6-11 Overload relief valve 8-3 O-ring
5-6 Plainwasher
6-12 O-ring 8-4 Pilot cap (A)
5-7 Pilot cap (B1)
6-13 O-ring 8-5 Wrench bolt
5-8 Check poppet
6-15 Gasket 8-6 Plainwasher
5-9 Check spring
7 Boom swing block 8-7 Pilot cap (B1)
5-10 Plug assy
7-1 Work block 8-8 Check poppet
5-11 Overload relief valve 7-2 Boom swing spool 8-9 Check spring
5-12 Plug assy 7-3 O-ring 8-10 Plug assy
5-13 O-ring 7-4 Pilot cap (A) 8-11 Overload relief valve
5-14 O-ring 7-5 Wrench bolt 8-12 O-ring
5-15 Gasket 7-6 Plainwasher 8-13 O-ring
6 Arm 1 block 7-7 Pilot cap(B1) 8-15 Gasket
6-1 Work block 7-8 Check poppet 8-16 Overload relief valve
6-2 Arm 1 spool 7-9 Check spring
6-3 O-ring 7-10 Plug assy
6-4 Pilot cap (A1) 7-11 Overload relief valve

2-9
STRUCTURE (3/4)

HW60A2MC05

 9 Travel block 10-3 O-ring 10-22 Gasket


9-1 Work block 10-4 O-ring 11 Travel block
9-2 Travel spool 10-5 Main relief valve 11-1 Work block
9-3 O-ring 10-6 Plug assy 11-2 Travel spool
9-4 Pilot cap (A) 10-7 Cap assy 11-3 O-ring
9-5 Wrench bolt 10-8 Wrench bolt 11-4 Pilot cap (A)
10-9 Plainwasher 11-5 Wrench bolt
9-6 Plainwasher
10-10 Spring seat 11-6 Plainwasher
9-7 Pilot cap (B1)
10-11 Pilot spring 11-7 Pilot cap (B1)
9-8 Check poppet
10-12 Pilot cap (B2) 11-8 Check poppet
9-9 Check spring
10-13 Check poppet 11-9 Check spring
9-10 Plug assy 10-14 Check spring 11-10 Plug
9-11 Set screw 10-15 Plug assy 11-11 Overload relief valve
9-12 O-ring 10-16 Plug 11-12 Set screw
9-13 O-ring 10-17 Shim spring 11-13 O-ring
9-15 Gasket 10-18 O-ring 11-14 O-ring
10 Inlet block 10-19 O-ring 11-15 O-ring
10-1 Work block 10-20 O-ring 11-16 O-ring
10-2 Spool kit 10-21 Set screw 11-17 Gasket

2-10
STRUCTURE (4/4)

HW60A2MC06

13 Bucket block assy 13-15 Plug assy 14-7 Pilot cap (B1)
13-1 Bucket block 13-16 Check spring 14-9 Plug assy
13-2 Bucket spool assy 13-17 Check poppet 14-10 Plug assy
13-3 O-ring 13-18 Check poppet 14-11 O-ring
13-4 Pilot cap (A) 14 Arm 2 assy 14-15 Gasket
13-5 Wrench bolt 14-1 Work block (Ae) 14-16 Check spring
13-6 Plain washer 14-2 Arm 2 assy 14-17 Check poppet
13-7 Pilot cap (B1) 14-3 O-ring 14-18 Check poppet
13-11 Overload relief valve 14-4 Pilot cap (A) 15 End cover (He)
13-12 O-ring 14-5 Wrench bolt 16 Tie bolt
13-13 O-ring 14-6 Plain washer 18 Nut
13-14 Gasket

2-11
3. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (boom swing)
Pp

PS
Ai

Swing SWING
b1 a1
A1

B1

Dozer b2 DOZER a2
A2

B2 T1
MR3
P3
P3 SELECTOR
sb sa

A5

B5
Breaker b5 BOOM 2 a5

A6

B6 ARM 1 a6
b6
b6
b11

Arm

a11
Boom swing
A3
B3
a3
b3
BOOM SWING

A4
B4 2WAY a4
b4

A7
B7 TRAVEL
b7 a7

b8
P2
GAUGE

MR1

T/S
P1

TRAVEL
b8
B8 a8
A8

Travel
xb9 BOOM 1
b9
b9 a9
B9
A9

Dr
Boom
xb9

b10 BUCKET
a10
Bucket
B10

A10

b11 ARM 2 a11


B11
A11
T2

HW65A2MC07

2-12
4. FUNCTION
1) CONTROL IN NEUTRAL FUNCTION

Pp
AI

T1
P3
T1
T

T
P2

Gauge
P1
T

T2 T2
55W92MC02

In neutral, spring sets the spool at the neutral position, the hydraulic oil from pumps flows to the
tank through the center bypass.

2-13
(1) P1
The oil discharged from the hydraulic pump flows into control valve P1 port, and then flows the
right side travel valve through the travel straight valve. In neutral, the oil flows through the center
bypass passage in the direction of right travel → boom 1 → bucket → arm 2 spool, and then
flows from the center bypass passage to the tank port T1 and T2.

(2) P2
The oil discharged from the hydraulic pump flows into control valve P2 port, and then flows the left
side travel valve through the travel straight valve. In neutral, the oil flows through the center
bypass passage in the direction of left travel → arm 1 → boom 2/breaker spool, and then flows
from the center bypass passage to the tank port T1 and T2.

(3) P3
The oil discharged from the hydraulic pump flows into control valve P3.
In neutral, the oil flows through the center bypass passage in the direction of swing → dozer
spool, and then flows from the center bypass passage to the tank port T1 and T2.

(4) Pp
When Pp port is applied with pilot pressure, the oil flows into the swing block through TS signal
passage and Ai signal passage independently via an orifice.
With the spool in neutral, the oil flows into the tank passage through the all section of the control
valve(except arm 2 section). As a result, the TS valve is not shifted and the auto idle signal
pressure is not raised.

2-14
2) EACH SPOOL OPERATION
(1) Travel operation (forward / backward)

B A

Arm1
Center bypass passage T Breaker
TS Ai
Tank

T
Check poppet
P2

Gauge
P1
T

Boom Bucket
Option
B A

T
55W92MC03

· During travel (forward/backward) operation, the pilot pressure from RCV is supplied into the travel
pilot port and shift the travel spool in the right direction.
· The hydraulic oil fluid from pump is entered center bypass passage of inlet block (P1, P2) and
then flows into the port of travel motor.
· The oil from the port A of travel motor flows into the main control valve and return to the hydraulic
oil tank through the tank passage.
· The TS signal passage is shut off by shifting of the travel spool, but it is connected with Ai signal
passage and drain to the hydraulic oil tank. As a result, the travel straight spool is not shifted.
· The Ai signal passage is connected with travel block through swing and dozer block and it is shut
off by shifting of the travel spool and then signal pressure of auto idle is raised.

2-15
(2) Boom operation
① Boom up operation (P1 and P2 summation)

Load check valve

B5 A5

a5

Parallel passage T
TS Ai

a5

T
P2

Gauge
P1

a9

B9

A9

a9

T
55W92MC04

2-16
· During boom up operation, the pilot pressure from RCV is supplied into the port a9 and shift the
boom 1 spool in the left direction. The hydraulic oil fluid from pump P1 is entered P1 parallel
passage and then passes through the load check valve then flows into the port A9.
Following this, it flows into the head side of the boom cylinder.
At the same time the pilot pressure through the port a5 shifts the boom 2 spool. The hydraulic oil
fluid from pump P2 is entered P2 parallel passage and then passes through the load check valve
then flows into the port A5. The flows combine in hydraulic hoses and are directed to the cylinder
head side of boom cylinder.
The flow from rod side of the boom cylinder return to the boom 1 spool through the port B9.
There after it is directed to the hydraulic oil tank through the tank passage.
· The TS signal passage oil from the Pp port is drain to the hydraulic oil tank through the left/right
travel valve and the signal pressure is not raised.
· The Ai signal passage oil from the Pp port is shut off by shifting of the boom 1 spool and then
signal pressure of auto idle is raised.

2-17
② Boom down operation

TS Ai

P1 Gauge

b9
Load check valve

B9 A9

b9

Parallel passage T

55W92MC05

· During the boom lowing operation, the pilot pressure from RCV is supplied to the port b9 and
shift the boom 1 spool in the right direction.
The hydraulic fluid from the pump P1 enters the parallel passage and is directed to the port B9
through the load check valve. Following this, it flows into the rod side of the boom cylinder.
The return flow from the head side of the boom cylinder returns to the boom 1 spool through the
port A9. Thereafter it is directed to the hydraulic oil tank through tank passage.
· The hydraulic oil flow from the Pp port is same as the boom up operation.

2-18
(3) Bucket operation
① Bucket roll in operation

TS Ai

P1 Gauge

b10

B10 A10

b10

T
Load check valve
55W92MC06

· During the bucket roll in operation, the pilot pressure from RCV is supplied to port b10 and shift
the bucket spool in the right direction.
The hydraulic fluid from pump P1 entered P1 parallel passage and is directed to the port B10
through the load check valve.
Following this, it flows into the head side of the bucket cylinder.
The return flow from the rod side of the bucket cylinder returns to the bucket spool through the
port A10. Thereafter it is directed to the hydraulic oil tank through the tank passage.
· The TS signal passage oil from the Pp port is drain to the hydraulic oil tank through the left/right
travel valve and the signal pressure is not raised.
· The Ai signal passage oil from the Pp port is shut off by shifting of the bucket spool and then
signal pressure of auto idle is raised.

2-19
② Bucket roll out operation

TS Ai

P1 Gauge

a10

B10 A10

a10

55W92MC07

· In case of the bucket roll out operation, the operation is similar.


· The hydraulic oil flow from the Pp port is same as the bucket in operation.

2-20
③ Bucket load check valve operation

pp2

PLUNGER
Plunger

ORIFICE
Orifice

555C92MC13

· This function is used to speed up of the boom or arm by reducing the bucket speed when bucket
operation with boom or arm operation simultaneously.
· When the signal pressure flows into port pp2, the plunger is shifted and orifice is made.
· The hydraulic oil from the port P1 flow into bucket cylinder via the orifice and then the speed of
bucket cylinder is slow down.
Accordingly, the much fluid from the port P1 is supplied other cylinder than the bucket cylinder.

2-21
(4) Arm operation
① Arm roll in operation (P1 and P2 summation)

B6 A6

b6

T
Pp
Ai

P3

b6

P2

Gauge

55W92MC08

2-22
· During arm roll in operation the pilot pressure from the RCV is supplied to the port b6 and shifts
arm 1 spool in the right direction.
· Also, the pilot pressure is supplied to the port Sa through the external piping and shift the spool
of P3 inlet block.
The hydraulic oil from the pump P2 flows into the arm cylinder head side through P2 parallel
passage, the load check valve and the port B6.
At same time, the hydraulic fluid from the pump P3 flows into the arm summation passage in
arm 1 spool through the P3 inlet spool. Then it entered the arm cylinder head side with hydraulic
fluid from arm 1 spool.
· The TS signal passage oil from the Pp port is drain to the hydraulic oil tank through the left/right
travel valve and the signal pressure is not raised.
· The Ai signal passage oil from the Pp port is shut off by shifting of the arm spool and then signal
pressure of auto idle is raised.

2-23
② Arm roll out operation

B6 A6

a6

TS Ai

a6

P2

Gauge

55W92MC09

· During arm roll out operation the pilot pressure from RCV is supplied to the port a6 and shifts
arm 1 spool in the left direction.
The hydraulic fluid from pump P2 flows into arm 1 spool through the parallel passage. Then it
enters into the arm cylinder rod side through the load check valve and the port A6.
The return flow from the arm cylinder head side returns to the hydraulic tank through the port B6
the arm1 spool and tank passage.
· The hydraulic oil flow from the Pp port is same as the arm roll in operation.

2-24
(5) Swing operation

B1 A1

Pp
Ai

Swing
SWING
a1

P3

555C92MC16

· The pilot pressure from the RCV is supplied to the a1 and shift the swing spool in left direction.
The hydraulic fluid from pump P3 flows into swing spool through the parallel passage. Then it is
directed to swing motor through the port A1. As a result, swing motor turns and flow from the
swing motor returns to the hydraulic oil tank through the port B1, swing spool and the tank
passage.
In case of swing left operation, the operation is similar.
· The TS signal passage oil from the Pp port is drain to the hydraulic oil tank through the left/right
travel valve and the signal pressure is not raised.
· The Ai signal passage oil from the Pp port is shut off by shifting of the swing spool and then
signal pressure of auto idle is raised.

2-25
(6) Travel straight spool

Parallel passage
P2 P1

Center bypass passage

TS Ai

b7

P2

Gauge
P1
b8

Cut off when the boom


arm and bucket operation

55W92MC10

① The other actuator operation during travel operation.


When the other actuator spool(s) is selected under travel operation, the straight travel spool is
moved.
Some of hydraulic fluid from pump P1 and P2 is supplied to the travel motors through parallel
passage and the other hydraulic fluid is supplied to the actuator(s) through center bypass
passage via orifice passage.
Thus, the machine keeps the speed and power of the actuator and travel.
② The arm in operation during straight travel operation.
The arm in pilot pressure flows into P3 pilot port Sa through the external piping and the spool is
shifted. As a result, the fluid of P3 pump is combined with the arm in operation through parallel
passage and then the arm in speed up.
Refer to the arm in operation for the details.

2-26
(7) Holding valve operation
① Holding operation
Actuator port Check Spring Drain port Pilot port Pilot piston chamber
A9
Dr xb9

Boom holding
valve

Boom 1 a9
spool

Plug Poppet Poppet seat Piston A Spring B Piston B


55W72MC16

At neutral condition, the pilot piston chamber is connected to drain port through the pilot port.
And the piston "B" is supported with spring "B".
Also, the pressured fluid from actuator entered to inside of the holding valve through the periphery
hole of check, crevice of the check and the plug and the periphery hole of plug.
Then, this pressured oil pushed the poppet to the poppet seat and the check to the seat of body.
So the hydraulic fluid from actuator is not escaped and the actuator is not moved.

② Release holding operation

Actuator port Check Spring Drain port Pilot port Pilot piston chamber
A9
Dr xb9

Boom holding
valve

Tank passage

Boom 1 a9
spool

Plug Poppet Poppet seat Piston A Spring B Piston B


55W72MC17

The pilot pressure is supplied to the pilot port for release holding valve and shifts the piston "B" in
the left direction against the spring "B", and shifts the poppet in the left direction through piston "B"
and piston "A" against spring "B" and shifts the spool in the left side.
At same time, the return fluid from actuator returns to the drain port through the periphery hole of
check, crevice of the check and the plug, the periphery hole of the plug, in side of holding valve,
crevice of the poppet and the poppet seat, the periphery hole of the poppet seat, crevice of socket
and spool and internal passage of spool.
When the poppet is opened, pressure of inside of holding valve is decreased and the return fluid from
actuator returns to the tank passage through the notch of spool.

2-27
GROUP 3 SWING DEVICE

1. STRUCTURE
Swing device consists swing motor, swing reduction gear.
1) SWING MOTOR
Swing motor include mechanical parking valve, relief valve, make up valve and time delay valve.

Output shaft Oil level gauge Time delay valve Mu GA GB Dr

Gear oil filling port (PT1/4) SH PG A B


555K2SM01

Port Port name Port size


SH
A Main port SAE PF 1/2
PG B Main port SAE PF 1/2
Dr Drain port PF 3/8
Air vent
Mu Make up port PF 3/4
PG Brake release stand by port PF 1/4
SH Brake release pilot port PF 1/4
Dr
GA,GB Gauge port PF 1/4
GA GB

A Mu B

Hydraulic circuit

2-28
4 6 8 3 14 29 30 16 22 33 34 41,42 19 20,21 35 36 38 37

1 2 5 7 10 9 11 26 27 28 13 15 12 32 31 17 24 25 39 40 18

555K2SM03

1 Body 15 Taper bearing 30 Spring


2 Oil seal 16 Valve plate 31 Time delay valve
3 Cylinder block 17 Relief valve assy 32 Socket bolt
4 Shaft 18 Socket bolt 33 Plug
5 Taper bearing 19 Plug 34 O-ring
6 Bushing 20 Plug 35 Valve
7 Shoe plate 21 O-ring 36 Spring
8 Spring 22 Shim 37 Plug
9 Set plate 24 Back up ring 38 O-ring
10 Piston shoe assy 25 O-ring 39 O-ring
11 Ball guide 26 Friction plate 40 Back up ring
12 Rear cover 27 Plate 41 Name plate
13 Pin 28 Parking piston 42 Rivet
14 O-ring 29 O-ring

2-29
2) REDUCTION GEAR

2 3 4 5 6 31 26 28 30 29 7 8

24
32

23
22

21

9
25

1 16 15 14 13 27 20 11 17
55W72SM02

1 Shaft 12 Carrier assy 2 23 Bushing 1


2 Bearing cover 13 Dowel pin 24 Thrust washer 1
3 Taper roller bearing 14 Collar 25 Thrust washer 3
4 Case 15 Plug 26 Thrust washer 2
5 Oil seal 16 Plug 27 Carrier assy 2
6 Taper roller bearing 17 Cover 28 Planet gear 2
7 Sun gear 2 18 Pipe 29 Pin 2
8 Socket bolt 19 Level gauge 30 Bushing 2
9 Sun gear 1 20 Carrier assy 1 31 Spring pin
10 Carrier assy 1 21 Planet gear 1 32 Snap ring
11 Ring gear 22 Pin 1 33 Thrust washer 4

2-30
2. FUNCTION
1) ROTARY PART
When high pressurized oil enters a cylinder through port(a), which is the inlet of balance plate(16),
hydraulic pressure acting on the piston causes axial force F. The pressure force F works via the
piston(10) upon the return plate(9) which acts upon the swash plate(7) via an hydrostatic bearing.
Force F1 perpendicular to swash plate(7) and force F2 perpendicular to cylinder center.
Being transferred to the cylinder block(3) through piston, force F2 causes rotational moment at
surroundings of cylinder.
Since cylinder block has 9 equidistantly arrayed pistons, rotational torque is transmitted to cylinder
shaft in order by several pistons connected to the inlet port of high pressurized oil. When the
direction of oil flow is reversed, rotational direction of cylinder is also reversed. Output torque is
given by the equation.
pÝq F
T= , q=ZÂAÂPCDÂtanɾ, F1 = , F2=F tanɾ , S=PCDÝtanɾ
2ӕ COSɾ
 
p : Effective difference of pressure (kgf/cm2)
q : Displacement (cc/rev)
T : Output torque (kgfÂcm)
Z : Piston number (9EA)
A : Piston area (cm2)
 ɾ: Tilting angle of swash plate (degree)
S : Piston stroke (cm)

Low High
pressure oil pressure oil

F1 F1
F

16

7 9 10 3 R5572SF35

2-31
2) MAKE UP VALVE
(1) Outline
The safety valve portion consists of a
check valve and safety valve.
(2) Function
When the swing is stopped, the output
circuit of the motor continues to rotate
because of inertia. For this reason, the
pressure at the output side of the motor
becomes abnormality high, and this will
damage the motor. To prevent this, the oil
causing the abnormal hydraulic pressure
Dr
is allowed to escape from the outlet port
(high-pressure side) of the motor to port
Mu, thereby preventing damage to the
motor. A Mu B
Compared with a counterbalance valve,
there is no closed-in pressure generated
at the outlet port side when slowing down
the swing speed. This means that there is
no vibration when slowing down, so the 555C92SF36

ease of swing control is improved.


(3) Operation
Η When starting swing
When the swing control lever is operated
to left swing, the pressurized oil from the
pump passes through the control valves
and is supplied to port B. Because of
this, the pressure at port B rises, staring
torque is generated in the motor, and the
motor starts to rotate. The oil from the
outlet port of the motor passes from port
A through the control valve and returns to
the tank.

2-32
Θ When stopping swing
 When the swing control lever is returned
to neutral, no pressurized oil is supplied
from the pump to port B.
The return circuit to the tank is closed by SH
the control valve. So the oil from the
outlet port of the motor increases in PG
pressure at port A. Resistance to the
rotation of the motor is created, and the
brake starts to act.
 The pressure at port A rises to the set
pressure of make up valve a, and in this
way, a high brake torque acts on the Dr
motor, and the motor stops. GA GB
 When make up valve a is being actuated,
the relief oil from make up valve a and A Mu B
the oil from port Mu pass through check
valve CB and are supplied to port B.
This prevents cavitation from forming at
R5572SF32
port B.

2-33
3) RELIEF VALVE

2 1 Body
2 Plug
3
3 O-ring
4 Plunger
10 5 Piston
6 Spring
5 7 Spring seat
8 Seat
9 O-ring
9 10 Nut

8
555C92SF37

(1) Construction of relief valve


The valve casing contains two cartridge type relief valves that stop the regular and reverse
rotations of the hydraulic motor. The relief valves relieve high pressure at start or at stop of swing
motion and can control the relief pressure in two steps, high and low, in order to insure smooth
operation.

(2) Function of relief valve


Figure illustrates how the pressure acting P P=pressure, T=time
on the relief valve is related to its rising PS
process. Here is given the function, 4
referring to the figure following page.
P1 3

T
1
29072SM05

2-34
4) BRAKE SYSTEM
(1) Control valve swing brake system
This is the brake system to stop the swing motion of the excavator during operation.
In this system, the hydraulic circuit is throttled by the swing control valve, and the resistance
created by this throttling works as a brake force to slow down the swing motion.

Work Deceleration Stop

A B A B A B

MCV MCV MCV

MCV A, B opened MCV A, B throttled MCV A, B closed


210-7 2-48(1)

(2) Mechanical swing parking brake system


The mechanical swing parking brake system is installed to prevent the upper structure from
swinging downhill because of its own weight when the excavator is parked on a slope since it
completely eliminates the hydraulic drift of swing motion while the excavator is on a slop, work
can be done more easily and safely.

Η Brake assembly
Circumferential rotation of separate plate
(27) is constrained by the groove located
at casing (1). When housing is pressed
down by brake spring (30) through
friction plate (26), separate plate (27)
and brake piston (28), friction force 30
occurs there.
Cylinder (3) is constrained by this friction 28
force and brake acts, while brake 27
releases when hydraulic force exceeds
26
spring force.
3
1 R5572SF38

1 Casing 27 Separate plate


3 Cylinder 28 Brake piston
26 Friction plate 30 Brake spring

2-35
Θ Operating principle
a. When the swing control lever (1) is set to the swing position, the pilot oil go to the swing control
valve (2) and to SH of the time delay valve (3) via the shuttle valve (4), this pressure move
spool (5) to the leftward against the force of the spring (8), so pilot pump charged oil (P4) goes
to the chamber G.
This pressure is applied to move the piston (28) to the upward against the force of the spring
(30). Thus, it releases the brake force.

3
30

5
28 G
SH

1 Swing control lever


2 Swing control valve (MCV)
3 Time delay valve
12
4 Shuttle valve
5 Spool P4
8 Spring
12 Gear pump
2 2
28 Brake piston
30 Brake spring 4
R5572SF39

2-36
b. When the swing control lever (1) is set the neutral position, the time delay valve (3) shifts the
neutral position and the pilot oil blocked chamber G.
Then, the piston (28) is moved lower by spring (30) force and the return oil from the chamber G
is drain.

3
30

28 G
SH

1 Swing control lever


2 Swing control valve (MCV)
3 Time delay valve
4 Shuttle valve
28 Brake piston
30 Brake spring P4

2 2
4
R5572SF40

2-37
GROUP 4 TRAVEL DEVICE

1. CONSTRUCTION
Travel motor consists motor unit, regulator and counter balance valve.

Motor unit U T Regulator M1 M1

Gext
MB(MA)

X Gext B A

S
T G X Counter balance valve G X
VIEW Y

MA MB

VIEW X

T U
T G Port Port name Port size
A, B Main port SAE 6000psi 1
G Gauge port M14Ý1.5
M1 qmin <-> qmax
M1 Gauge port M14Ý1.5
X X Pilot pressure port M14Ý1.5
MA MB
T Drain port PF1/2 - 15
U Flushing port PF1/2 - 16
S Make up port M22Ý1.5
Gext. MA,MB Gauge port M18Ý1.5
Gext Brake release port M12Ý1.5
A(Bw) S B(Fw)

Hydraulic circuit
HW65AH2TM01

2-38
1) MOTOR UNIT

1 22 8 23 24 13 26 5 29 12

9 11 10 20 21 27 25 28 30 31 17 18 32 33

200W34TM02

1 Drive shaft 17 Threaded pin 26 Piston


5 Housing 18 Seal lock nut 27 Center pin
8 Locking screw 20 Retaining ring 28 Pan head screw
9 Retaining ring 21 Back up plate 29 Steel sealing ring
10 Shaft seal ring 22 Taper roller bearing 30 Cylinder block
11 Back up plate 23 Shim 31 Pressure spring
12 O-ring 24 Taper roller bearing 32 Adjustment shim
13 Locking screw 25 Retaining plate 33 Control lens

2-39
2) REGULATOR

2
20 32
23
7 24

15
4
16 8
28
34 26 5
50

33
55
56
57
29 58
51
59
52
21 60
53 1
19 54
61
62
67 68 70 69 71
63
64

65 66

55W72TM03

1 Control housing 28 Double break off pin 59 Retaining ring


2 Cover 29 Plug 60 Control piston
4 Positioning piston 32 Double break off pin 61 Control bushing
5 Positioning trunnion 33 O-ring 62 Retaining disc
7 Piston 34 Locking screw 63 Locking screw
8 Threaded pin 50 Relief valve 64 Locking screw
15 Socket head screw 51 Adjusting bushing 65 Double break off pin
16 Socket head screw 52 Cylinder pin 66 Socket head screw
19 O-ring 53 Threaded pin 67 Cover
20 O-ring 54 Seal lock nut 68 Throttle screw
21 O-ring 55 Pressure spring 69 Socket head screw
23 Socket head screw 56 Spring collar 70 O-ring
24 Square ring 57 Pressure spring 71 Locking screw
26 Cylinder pin 58 O-ring

2-40
2. FUNCTION

Port plate

Counter balance valve

Motor unit

14W72TM05

1) VARIABLE DISPLACEMENT MOTOR (with integrated counterbalance valve)


The variable displacement motor has a rotary group in bent axis design.
The torque is generated directly at the drive shaft.
The cylinder barrel is driven by a tapered piston arrangement.
The change of displacement is generated by the control lens via positioning piston. The control
lens slides on a circular shaped surface.
In case of constant pump flow volume and high pressure
- The output speed is increased at smaller swivel angle, the torque is reduced
- The torque rises at swivel angle increase, the output speed is decreased
The max swivel angle is 25˚, the min swivel angle is 0˚.
The variable displacement motor with integrated counterbalance valve is designed to be operated
in open loop.
Min and max displacement are limited by a stop screw. Stepless adjustment to various higher
values is possible.
ö Reduction to smaller displacement may result in overspeeding the motor.
2) PORT PLATE
With high pressure dependent control HA1, mounted counterbalance valve, integrated secondary
pressure relief valves, plugged gauge and boosting ports, service ports to the rear.

2-41
Port plate

Counter balance valve

Motor unit
14W72TM05

3) HIGH PRESSURE DEPENDENT CONTROL


The displacement is-dependent on operating pressure - automatically adjusted. Upon reaching
the operating pressure set at the control valve - internally measured at A or B - the motor swivels
from Vgmin to Vgmax until output torque = load torque. For values lower than the adjusted one the
motor keeps min swivel angle. The necessary positioning energy is taken from the respective high
pressure side via shuttle valve.
Swivelling results in a change of the displacement.
Swivel time is controlled by an orifice installed in the cover of the large positioning piston side.
4) COUNTERBALANCE VALVE
Mounted at the rear of the port plate.
Incase of downhill traveling or deceleration of the machine a counterbalance valve avoids
overspeeding and cavitation of hydraulic motor.
5) FUNCTION AS TO CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Check valves in the inlet line A and B for by passing of the counterbalance valve.
At traveling forward the return oil flow is controlled by a counterbalance spool. At drop in inlet
pressure the counterbalance spool throttles the return oil flow. The motor is locked. The oil
behind the spool is led to the low pressure side via an additional check valve. Same function for
traveling forward and backward.
Braking means for the motor that
- At reduced or zero inlet flow the counterbalance spool reaches a modulating position or a neutral
position caused by spring force
- The high pressure oil (at outlet side of the motor) is returned to the low pressure side(At inlet side)
of the motor via crossover relief valves.
As the control pressure for regulation of the HA control via the integrated shuttle valve is no longer
available, the motor with HA control and counterbalance valve will swivel to its minimum
displacement during deceleration.
In addition, an external boost flow/pressure can be applied at port S for preventing cavitation.
ö Counterbalance valves do not replace the service and parking brake.

2-42
Port plate

Counter balance valve

Motor unit
14W72TM05

6) INSTALLATION
The housing must be filled entirely with oil and shall also not run empty at rotary group standstill.
7) FILTRATION
According to purity class 9 as to NAS 1638, 6 as to SAE, ASTM, AIA and 18/15 as to ISO/DIS
4406.
8) PRESSURE
Ports A or B : Normal 400bar, peak pressure 450 bar
Port A + B : Pressure summation below 700 bar
Max permissible intermittent case pressure : 6 bar
9) DIRECTION OF ROTATION/ DIRECTION OF FLOW
With view on the drive shaft - clockwise/ A to B; Counter-clockwise/ B to A
10) LEAKAGE OIL TEMPERATURE
In the bearing area max permitted -25˚C to +80˚C ; Short time operation -40˚C to +115˚C
11) COMMISSIONING
Fill the housing entirely with oil through highest located T port. Also connect the leakage oil pipe
at this port. After commissioning check sealing and make visual control of the complete
installation.

2-43
GROUP 5 RCV LEVER

1. STRUCTURE
The casing has the oil inlet port P (primary pressure) and the oil outlet port T (tank). In addition the
secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1, 2, 3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.

% ࡞‫ڤ‬G% G&

LH RH
7 8
8 7
6 5
5 6

9 9

Type S1

Switches
Type No. LH RH
25 19
Single Simultaneous 5 Horn Breaker
operation operation Proportional type
6 Ram lock
ON/OFF switch
S1, S2 7 Rotating-CCW Clamp
8 Rotating-CW Release
Boom swing/
9 N.A
Rotating (opt)

P T

1 3 2 4
6-UNF 9/16-18
Hydraulic circuit
A
Pilot port
4
Port LH RH
1 P 3 2
T T P Pilot oil inlet port Pilot oil inlet port
2 3 P 1 T Pilot oil return port Pilot oil return port
4 1 Left swing port Bucket out port
LH RH 2 Arm in port Boom down port
3 Right swing port Bucket in port
VIEW A
4 Arm out port Boom up port
HX60AMT2RL02K

2-44
CROSS SECTION
The construction of the pilot valve is shown in the attached cross section drawing. The casing has
vertical holes in which reducing valves are assembled.
The pressure reducing section is composed of the spool (3), spring (5) for setting secondary pres-
sure, return spring (7), spring seat (6) and shim (4). The spring for setting the secondary pressure
has been generally so preset that the secondary pressure is 5 to 20.5 kgf/cm2 (depending on the
type). The spool is pushed against the push rod (9) by the return spring.
When the push rod is pushed down by tilting the handle, the spring seat comes down simultaneously
and changes setting of the secondary pressure spring.

2-45
CROSS SECTION

 1 Case
No. Port  2 Bushing
24 P  3 Spoo
25 1, 2, 3, 4 (RH)  4 Shim
25 2, 4 (LH)  5 Spring
26 T (RH)  6 Spring seat
26 1, 3, T (LH)  7 Spring
 8 Plug
 9 Push rod
20
 10 O-ring
 11 Rod seal
 12 Plate
21
 13 Spacer
22  14 Boot
17  15 Joint assembly
13  16 Swash plate
15  17 Adjusting nut
 18 Boot
23  19 Plate
16
 20 Handle assembly
9  21 Handle bar
14 11  22 Nut
12  23 Boot
18 8  25 Connector
 26 Connector
10
 27 Connector
6
7
5
4
2 3
19 25
1
24
27 26
300L2RL06K

2-46
2. FUNCTIONS
1) FUNDAMENTAL FUNCTIONS
The pilot valve is a valve that controls the spool stroke, direction, etc of a main control valve. This
function is carried out by providing the spring at one end of the main control valve spool and apply-
ing the output pressure (secondary pressure) of the pilot valve to the other end.
For this function to be carried out satisfactorily, the pilot valve is composed of the following ele-
ments.
(1) Inlet port (P) where oil is supplied from hydraulic pump.
(2) Output ports (1, 2, 3 & 4) to apply pressure supplied from inlet port to ends of control valve spools.
(3) Tank port (T) necessary to control the above output pressure.
(4) Spool to connect output port to inlet port or tank port.
(5) Mechanical means to control output pressure, including springs that work on the above spools.
2) FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR SECTIONS
The functions of the spool (3) are to receive the supply oil pressure from the hydraulic pump at its
port P, and to change over oil paths to determine whether the pressure oil of port P is led to output
ports 1, 2, 3 & 4 or the output port pressure oil to tank port T.
The spring (9) works on this spool to determine the output pressure.
The change the deflection of this spring (5), the push rod (9) is inserted and can slide in the plug
(14).
For the purpose of changing the displacement of the push rod through the swash plate (16) and
adjusting nut (17) are provided the handle (20) that can be tilted in any direction around the fulcrum
of the universal joint (19) center.
The spring (7) works on the case (1) and spring seat (6) and tries to return the push rod (9) to the
zero-displacement position irrespective of the output pressure, securing its resetting to the center
position.
This also has the effect of a reaction spring to give appropriate control feeling to the operator.

2-47
3) OPERATION
The operation of the pilot valve will be described on the basis of the hydraulic circuit diagram
shown below and the attached operation explanation drawing.
The diagram shown below is the typical application example of the pilot valve.

5 6

3
1
3
P T

2 4

2-70

1 Pilot valve 3 Main pump 5 Hydraulic motor


2 Pilot pump 4 Main control valve 6 Hydraulic cylinder

2-48
(1) Case where handle is in neutral position

T
5

P
3

Port 1 Port 3

300L2RL03

The force of the spring (5) that determines the output pressure of the pilot valve is not applied to
the spool (3). Therefore, the spool is pushed up by the spring (7) to the position of port (1, 3) in
the operation explanation drawing. Then, since the output port is connected to tank port T only,
the output port pressure becomes equal to tank pressure.

2-49
(2) Case where handle is tilted

Port 1 Port 3

300L2RL04

When the push rod (9) is stroked, the spool (3) moves downwards.
Then port P is connected with port (1) and the oil supplied from the pilot pump flows through port
(1) to generate the pressure.
When the pressure at port (1) increases to the value corresponding to the spring force set by tilt-
ing the handle, the hydraulic pressure force balances with the spring force. If the pressure at port
(1) increases higher than the set pressure, port P is disconnected from port (1) and port T is con-
nected with port (1). If it decreases lower than the set pressure, port P is connected with port (1)
and port T is disconnected from port 1.
In this manner the secondary pressure is kept at the constant value.
Besides, in some type, when the handle is tilted more than a certain angle, the upper end of the
spool contacts with the inside bottom of the push rod and the output pressure is left to be con-
nected with port P.

2-50
GROUP 6 RCV PEDAL

1. STRUCTURE
The casing has the oil inlet port P (primary pressure), and the oil return port T (tank). In addition the
secondary pressure is taken out through port A.

18

45

P
T

HW602AP01

A T Port Port name Port size


P
P Pilot oil inlet port
T Pilot oil return port PF 1/4
A Pilot oil output port

2-51
GROUP 7 BRAKE PEDAL (VALVE)
1. STRUCTURE
The casing (spacer) has the oil inlet port A(Primary pressure), and the oil outlet port T (tank). In
addition the secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1,2, 3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.

18
17-2
19
20
17
17-1
17-4
23
17-3
21
26 25
28 22
27 29
24
15 36
5 16
35 2
8
9 T1 30
34 BL1 29
33 P1 3
12 BR1
7 1
11 T2 BL2
13 14
P2 6
BR2
10
4
HW60A2BV01

 1 Lower body  14 Stop ring-C  23 Torsion spring 1


2 Upper body 15 DU bushing 24 Torsion spring 2
3 Spool 16 Pedal plate 25 Stop ring-C
4 Plug 17 Pedal assy 26 E-ring
5 Holder 17-1 Pedal 27 Hex bolt
6 Lower spring 17-2 Lock plate 28 Hex nut
7 Upper spring 17-3 Hex bolt 29 Socket head bolt
8 Main spring 17-4 Plat washer 30 Spring washer
9 Spring retainer 18 Pedal rubber 33 Plat washer
10 O-ring 19 Latch 34 Stop ring-C
11 O-ring 20 Rubber cover  35 Spring retainer
12 Oil seal  21 Lock pin 1 36 Main spring
 13 Spring guide 22 Lock pin 2 

Port Port name Port size


P1 Port PF 3/8
P2 Port PF 3/8
BL1 BR1 Brake cylinder port PF 3/8
T1
BR1
P1 BR2 Brake cylinder port PF 3/8
BL1 Pluging PF 3/8
BL2 Pluging PF 3/8
BL2 T1 Drain port PF 3/8
T2
BR2 P2 T2 Drain port PF 3/8

2-52
2. FUNCTION
1) PURPOSE
The purpose of the brake valve is to sensitively increase and decrease the braking pressure when
the brake pedal is actuated.
2) READY POSITION
When the braking system is ready for operation, its accumulator pressure acts directly on port P1/
P2 of the brake valve. A connection is established between ports BR1/BR2 and port T1/T2 so that
the wheel brakes ports BR1/BR2 are pressureless via the returns ports T1/T2.
3) PARTIAL BRAKING
When the brake valve is actuated, an amount of hydraulic pressure is output as a ratio of the foot
force applied.
The spring assembly (8) beneath pedal plate (16) is designed in such a way that the braking
pressure changes depending on the angle. In the lower braking pressure range, the machine can
be slowed sensitively.
When the braking process is commenced, the upper spool (3) is mechanically actuated via spring
assembly (8), and the lower spool (3) is actuated hydraulically by spool (3). As spools (3) move
downward, they will first close returns T1/T2 via the control edges, thus establishing a connection
between accumulator port P1/P2 and ports BR1/BR2 for the wheel brake cylinders. The foot force
applied now determines the output braking pressure. The control spools (3) are held in the control
position by the force applied (spring assembly) above the spools and the hydraulic pressure below
the spool (balance of forces).
After output of the braking pressure, spools (3) are in a partial braking position, causing ports P1/
P2 and T1/T2 to close and holding the pressure in ports BR1/BR2.
4) FULL BRAKING POSITION
When pedal (17) is fully actuated, an end position of the brakes is reached and a connection
established between accumulator ports P1/P2 and brake cylinder ports BR1/BR2. Returns T1/T2
are closed at this point.
When the braking process ended, a connection is once again established between brake cylinder
ports BR1/BR2 and return ports T1/T2, closing accumulator ports P1/P2.
The arrangement of spools in the valve ensures that even if one braking circuit fails the other
remains fully operational. This is achieved by means of the mechanical actuation of both spools
and requires slightly more pedal travel.
5) LIMITING THE BRAKING PRESSURE
Pedal restriction screw (29) on pedal plate (16) below pedal (17) is used to limit the braking pressure.
6) FAILURE OF A CIRCUIT
In the event of the lower circuit failing, the upper circuit will remain operational. Spring assembly (8)
will mechanically actuate spool (3). In the event of the upper circuit failing, the lower circuit will
remain operational since the lower spool (3) is mechanically actuated by spring assembly (8) and
spool (3).

2-53
GROUP 8 GEAR BOX

1. STRUCTURE

VIEW Y

HW65AH2GB01

2-54
2. GEAR BOX FUNCTION
It explains mechanism, function operation principle and caution in the operation of transfer gear box
applied to for this equipment.
1) GEAR BOX MECHANISM

2 1

5 Y

7
A B

4
VIEW Y
3

HW60A2GB02

1 Input shaft gear 1 4 Output shaft gear 2 7 Output shaft


2 Input shaft gear 1 5 Input shaft
3 Output shaft gear 1 6 Change selector

2) FUNCTION
Transfer gear box is a hydraulic system having 1, 2 speed gear and its system
is dog clutch type.
Once pushing 1 speed button for speed change, exhausted hydraulic power flow from the pump
supplied to port "A" by operating 1, 2 speed solenoid valve and change selector (6) pushed by
selector shift goes in gear with output shaft gear 1 (3).
The power gear box is moved to input gear shaft 1 (1), output shaft gear 1 (3), change selector (6),
output shaft (7) and this procedure lead to 1 speed operation status.
Meanwhile, once pushing 2 speed button in the equipment stop condition, hydraulic power flow
from the pump supplied to port "B" and change selector (6) pushed by selector shaft goes in gear
with output shaft gear 2 (4).
The power gear box is moved to input shaft gear 2 (2), output shaft gear 2 (4), change selector (6),
output shaft (7) and this procedure lead to 2 speed operation status.

2-55
3. TECHNICAL DATA
1) GENERAL DATA
(1) Max. input power : 70 kW
(2) Max. input torque : 71.4 kgfÂm
(3) Max. input speed : 4500 rpm
(4) Hydraulic motor : 80 cc/rev
(5) Gear ration
Â1st speed : 4.06 : 1
Â2nd speed : 1.31 : 1
(6) Output flange
ÂBolt for propshaft connection : M10Ý1.25
ÂGear box weight : 75 kg (165 lb)
2) GEAR BOX CONTROL
(1) Control pressure
Η At connection P1 and P2 at Low/High speed : 26~32 kgf/cm2
Θ Definition of lubricants : SAE 80W-90 API GL-4

3) HOW TO CHANGE THE TRAVEL SPEED


If you want to change the speed, be sure to
operate according to the following
procedure. Otherwise, unreasonable
operation may cause fatal impact and
failure to the transfer box (gear box).
- In case of changing the travel speed, be
sure to stop the machine completely.
- Keep the machine on the stationary state
and stepping the brake pedal to full
Travel speed switch
stroke. Thereafter, select the speed
switch to the desired position.
When operating the travel speed switch Low speed
without stepping brake pedal and
stopping the machine completely, the
operation of gear box can not be worked
actually even though the position of
speed switch is left to the desired High speed
position.
- When turning the key switch to "OFF" 555W92GB03

position to stop the machine, be sure to


transfer the travel speed switch to the low
speed position.
Because the position of solenoid valve for
travel is automatically transferred to the
low speed position when turning the key
switch to "OFF"position.

2-56
GROUP 9 AXLE

1. OPERATION
·The power from the engine passes through main pump, travel motor and transmission and drive
shafts, and is then sent to the front and rear axles.
·Inside the axles, the power passes from the bevel pinion to the bevel gear and is sent at right
angles. At the same time, the speed is reduced and passes through the both differentials to the axle
shafts. The power of the axle shafts is further reduced by planetary-gear-type final drives and is sent
to the wheels.
1) FRONT AXLE
X
Grease nipple

Oil filler Breather

Oil drain Oil level


VIEW X
65AH2AX01

2) REAR AXLE

Oil filler Air breather

Oil drain Oil level

HW602AX02

2-57
2. SECTION OF DIFFERENTIAL

14 12 15 16 17 20 22 24 25 33 34 35 30 29 37

19 18 21 23 32 26 27 31

55W72AX03

11 Bevel gear set 24 Differential side gear


12 Bolt 25 Detend ball
14 Taper roller bearing 26 Circlip
15 Differential carrier 27 Clutch disc
16 Friction washer 29 Circlip
17 Differential side gear 30 Bearing
18 Differential pinion 31 Clutch disc
19 Friction gear 32 Bushing
20 Pin 33 Circlip
21 Dowel 34 Spacer
22 Pin 35 Bearing
23 Shaft retainer 37 Circlip

2-58
3. DIFFERENTIAL

Differential gear

Rear axle

Gear box
Rear
propeller shaft

Differential gear

Front
propeller shaft

Front axle

HW602AX04

The differential is installed on the front and rear axle to transfer the driving torque from the axle to
the wheels. The differential transfers half of the output torque of the transmission via the universal
drive shaft to the planetary gear of the wheel hubs and transfers the rpm and torque from the gear
via the pinion and the ring.
In addition, the differential also servers as an equalizer when going around curves. If the
mechanical connection from the transmission to the universal drive shaft, differential, shaft, and
planetary gears to the wheels would be rigid, every steering movement would strain the axle
construction and would result in increased tire wear.
The equalizing function comes from the special construction of the differential. The power input
from the input flange to the pinion shaft, ring and differential housing to the equalizing axle in the
differential housing meshes the four equalizing tapered gears with the axle gears, which are
located in the equalizing axles. This changes the relative direction of rotation between the shafts
meshed with the side gears. This means that one shaft turns clockwise and the other
counterclockwise, and one shaft turns faster than the other.
This balancing movement has the disadvantage that when traveling off road, traction is reduced on
uneven ground, on loose ground or on snow or ice only wheel per axle is engaged. This
disadvantage can be corrected in part by installing a self locking differential.

2-59
4. FINAL DRIVE
1) FRONT AXLE

1 3 2

55W72AX05

1 Universal joint 2 Pinion gear 3 Ring gear

(1) To gain a large drive force, the final drive uses a planetary gear system to reduce the speed and
send drive force to the tires.
(2) The power transmitted from the differential through universal joint (1) to pinion gear (2).
The pinion gear rotates around the inside of a fixed ring gear (3) and in this way transmits rotation
at a reduced speed to the planetary carrier.
This power is then sent to the wheels which are installed to the planetary carriers.

2-60
2) REAR AXLE

1 3 2

55W72AX06

1 Axle half shaft 2 Pinion gear 3 Ring gear

(1) To gain a large drive force, the final drive uses a planetary gear system to reduce the speed and
send drive force to the tires.
(2) The power transmitted from the differential through axle half shaft (1) to pinion gear (2). The
pinion gear rotates around the inside of a fixed ring gear (3) and in this way transmits rotation at a
reduced speed to the planetary carrier.
This power is then sent to the wheels which are installed to the planetary carriers.

2-61
5. TIRE AND WHEEL

17032TI01

1 Wheel rim 3 Flap 5 Stone resister ring


2 Tire 4 Tube 6 Valve assembly

1) The tire acts to absorb the shock from the ground surface to the machine, and at the same time
they must rotate in contact with the ground to gain the power which drives the machine.
2) Various types of tires are available to suit the purpose. Therefore it is very important to select the
correct tires for the type of work and bucket capacity.

2-62
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Group 1 Hydraulic Circuit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-1


Group 2 Main Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-4
Group 3 Pilot Circuit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-7
Group 4 Single Operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12
Group 5 Combined Operation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-27
GROUP 1 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
1. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (1/3) 3
S/M MOTOR RELIEF
T/R MOTOR VALVE
3 RG
SETTING PRESSRUE 4
SETTING PRESSRUE
11 9 55 10 ( 31 ,C)
A, B 230k
A, B 235k
T U
SH ( 13 ,P)
T G
Dr
PG
( 29 ,P4)
(TANK"1") 42 44 46
(BREAKER) M1 qmin <-> qmax

43 BL BR
(2WAY)
23 (PARKING D 47 MA
X
BRAKE) l MB

1 A 1
(REAR B C
(1st) (2nd)
B(CW) Mu A(CCW) BRAKE)

9K Gext.
(RETURN PIPE,"G")
2 Y P
( 13 ,G) ( 13 ,F) ( 13 ,F) ( 13 ,G) 23 4
52 ( 13 ,I) ( 13 ,H) A(Bw) S B(Fw)
[ARM IN] 1
( 31 ,E) [Bucket IN] [Boom Down] [BACKWARD]
( 31 ,J) ( 31 ,G) ( 45 ,B) (RETURN PIPE,"H") ( 2 ,sa) [DOZER UP] [SWING CW]
( 2 ,b6) [RELEASE] ( 29 ,T3) ( 29 ,T3) ( 48 ,EF) ( 8 ,2) ( 31 ,B) 13
( 2 ,b11)
( 29 ,T2) ( 53 ,A3)
( 1 ,A2) ( 1 ,A1) ( 53 ,A1) ( 22 ,A2) ( 7 ,P) L
b10
A10

B10

xb9
b11
A11
B11

( 40 ,BR2) K

b5
B5

sb

P3
A9

B9

b2
b9

A7

B2
b8
B8
Dr

B7

A6
A4

A3

B6
A8

B4

B3

A5

A2
b6
b7

b4

b3

B1

b1
A1
1-1 Main pump

P2
P1
( 39 ,A) D
( 39 ,B) E 2-1 Main control valve

2WAY

P3 SELECTOR

DOZER
TRAVEL
BUCKET

SWING
BOOM2
BOOM1

TRAVEL

BOOM SWING

ARM1
ARM2

J
( 40 ,BR1)
C
3 Swing motor
( 48 ,L)
( 48 ,R) B 4 Travel motor
( 3 ,Dr) P 5 RCV lever (LH)

MR1
A
( 22 ,A4)
F
6 RCV lever (RH)
( 2 ,B7) ( 2 ,B8)
(RETURN PIPE,"L") M 7 RCV pedal (travel)
T2 ( 2 ,A7) ( 2 ,A8) G 8 RCV lever (dozer)
I
T/S
( 2 ,B2)
9 Boom cylinder
( 2 ,A2) H
12 10 Arm cylinder

MR3
25
PS 2 11 Bucket cylinder

Ai
25 12 Dozer cylinder
13 Turning joint

Pp
D C
14 Return check valve
( 29 ,P2)
( 1 ,Pz) 15 Return check valve
B A
49 A1 16 Hydraulic tank
a9
a10

sa
a8

a2
a3

T1
a11

a5

a1
a7

a6
a4
( 2 ,b6) 2-1 17 Oil cooler
25 PS ( 53 ,A4) ( 53 ,A2) ( 31 ,F)
[ARM IN]
( 8 ,1) ( 31 ,A)
34 P
18 Air breather
GAUGE [CLAMP] ( 2 ,a11) [DOZER DOWN] [SWING CCW]
( 2 ,a6) ( 31 ,H) ( 31 ,F) (45 ,A)
[FORWARD]
( 31 ,D) (RETURN PIPE,"A") ( 22 ,P1)
T
19 Return filter w/bypass valve
[Bucket OUT] [Boom Up] [ARM OUT]
[B.SWING RH] [B.SWING LH]
[BREAKER]
OR 20 Strainer
[RELEASE] [CLAMP] LH-RCV LEVER RH-RCV LEVER
( 2 ,b3) ( 2 ,a3)
( 2 ,b4) ( 2 ,a4) (MODULATION) (MODULATION) ( 22 ,T)
21 Line filter
CLAMP
( 2 ,T1)
<RETURN PIPE> A1 A2 A3 A4
B.SWING LH B.SWING RH
RELEASE ( 13 ,E) 22-1 4-cartridge valve
36 SETTING VALVE
SETTING PRESSRUE
48
SETTING VALVE
SETTING PRESSRUE
30 23 Line check valve
"B" "A" "C" 37 37 53-1 ( 13 ,D)

40
K2
CUT ON
CUT OFF
125 ±5k
150± 5k
L, R(ORV)
P(MAIN)
184~204k
143~153K
RAM LOCK
HORN
BREAKER ( 8 ,P) ( 22 ,A1) ( 6 ,P) ( 5 ,P)
B A 24 Pressrue sensor
( 3 ,MU) "G"
( 29 ,T8) K3(Pilot) 30k at 6.5lpm
MODULATION
ON/OFF
C1 C2 C3 C4 39 25 Pressrue sensor
P T T P
( 13 ,M) "L" 41
P(MAIN) 173k at 6.5lpm
( 29 ,P3)
26 Pressrue sensor
BL1
(STOP V/V) 28 "H" 36 S2 C D
S3 T1 ( 13 ,L) ( 22 ,A1) 34 4-EPPR V/V D1 D3 D2 D4
27 Stop valve
( 29 ,T4) ( 8 ,T) ( 6 ,T) ( 5 ,T)
"J" P1 BR1
( 13 ,J)
( 45 ,P2) ( 13 ,A) 28 Stop valve
22-1 (TANK"4")
PS

"D"
P
K7 K1
PS ACC A2 A3 A4
( 2 ,sb) ( 45 ,T) 29 Block
35 ( 30 ,C2)
( 30 ,C1) ( 30 ,D1)
30 Block
BL2 26 ( 2 ,b5)
PS

SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK


T T2 A1 P T ( 7 ,T)
( 13 ,K)
( 53 ,P) PARKING or B.SWING ( 2 ,Dr)
31 Terminal
K3 K2 P2 BR2
21 8 34 ( 22 ,T) ( 53 ,T) ( 40 ,T2)
15 14 S1 ( 29 ,T6)
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7
34 Last guard filter
( 29 ,P1) ( 49 ,P) 29
35 Pressure sensor
38 36 Cut off valve
IN OUT P1 DOWN UP P1 P2 P3 P4 T8 T9
17
( 29 ,T1)
1 2 ( 22 ,P1) ( 2 ,Pp) ( 39 ,P) ( 3 ,PG) ( 40 ,T1) 37 Accumulator
3 T
( 22 ,T)
( 2 ,a2) ( 2 ,b2) 38 Accumulator
2 1
"4" (RETURN PIPE,"3") 39 Solenoid valve
"3" ( 29 ,T9)
( 2 ,P2) ( 2 ,P1) 48 L R 7 ( 30 ,D4) ( 30 ,D3) 40 Brake valve
"2"
"1" ( 3 ,Dr)
24 5 ( 30 ,C4) 6 ( 30 ,C3) 41 Pressure switch
R1 PS A1 A2 A3 A4 T
( 29 ,T7)
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET 42 Rear axle
18 1-1 A1G A2G 34 34 43 Gear box
P
A
44 Front axle
"K" "E"
( 22 ,A2) 34 ( 13 ,L) 45 Solenoid valve
P2 P1
TANK"4" ( 30 ,D2) 45
T
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN
46 Oscillating cylinder
TANK"5"
E 3 1 4 2 2 3 47 Locking vavle
( 29 ,T5) 4 1
P
19 L T LS R 48 Steering valve
( 13 ,C) ( 13 ,B) 31 E D F G H J

( 49 ,A1)
B C A 49 1-EPPR valve
20
Pz
P T EF
( 2 ,b1) ( 2 ,a1) ( 2 ,a6)
( 2 ,b9)
( 2 ,b10) 52 Solenoid valve
A
16 PS
B
( 2 ,b11)
53-1 4-EPPR valve
PS1 ( 2 ,a10)
"S1" S1 ( 2 ,P3)
25 ( 2 ,a8) ( 2 ,b7) ( 3 ,sh)
( 2 ,a5)
55 Boom swing cylinder
( 2 ,a9) 30MN-00070-00 1OF3

3-1
2. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (2/3)

<T/M_LOW SPEED, HM10> <BOOM SLV,BS01> <QUICK COUPLER,HQ01> <ACCUMULATOR,HA01>

4-2
T U 9-2 ( 2 ,B9) 56
T G
22-1 or 22-2
ACC
4-CART' VALVE
42 PS
E SAFETY
M1 qmin <-> qmax

A B A1
X
54
MA MB
T V2 Pi1

( 2 ,A9) ( 31 ,G) P T
P1

(TANK"2")
31 G
T
Gext.
( 42 ,Pi1)
1-1
PS A1 A2 A3 A4
[BOOM DOWN]
A(Bw) S B(Fw) A1G A2G

<ARM SLV, AS01>


<KPM RCV,JA21> 1-1 Main pump
4-2 Travel motor
5-2 RCV lever-LH
T E 6-2 RCV lever-RH
10-2
V2
9-2 Boom cylinder with SLV
6-2 ( 2 ,A6)
5-2 10-2 Arm cylinder with SLV
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET Pi1 54 Solenoid valve
( 31 ,E)
56 Accumulator
( 2 ,B6)

31 E

( 43 ,B6)

CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN [ARM IN]

3 14 2 2 4 1 3

30MN-00070-00 2OF3

3-2
3. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (3/3) <ROTATING,HR02>

55

(BREAKER)

(2WAY)
(ROTATOR)

SELECTOR VALVE 2-2 SETTING VALVE


32 57 SETTING PRESSRUE
SETTING PRESSRUE
A, B 180k L, R(ORV) 184~204k
52 P(MAIN) 143~153K
2 A B C D
T
57 <MCV SPOOL ARRANGEMENTS>
1

ROTATING or B.SWING
(RETURN PIPE,"H")

TRAVEL STRAIGHT

P3 SELECTOR
2WAY or BREAKER
BUCKET

TRAVEL
(RETURN PIPE,"N")

BOOM2
TRAVEL
ARM2

ARM1

SWING
DOZER
BOOM1
Pi Dr

P1 P2

P2 FLOW P1 FLOW P3 FLOW

LH-RCV LEVER RH-RCV LEVER


(MODULATION) (MODULATION)
( 29 ,T3)
( 53 ,A3) ( 53 ,A1) B.SWING LH B.SWING RH
or or

b5
B5

sb

P3
A4

A6
B6
A3

A5
B4

B3
b4

b3

b6
ROTATING CCW ROTATING CW CLAMP RELEASE

P3 SELECTOR
BOOM SWING

ROTATING
2WAY
RAM LOCK BREAKER

BOOM2
HORN

ARM1
OR
MODULATION
ON/OFF
B.SWING/ROTATING
SELECTION

[B.SWING RH] [B.SWING LH]


or or
[ROTATING CW] [ROTATING CCW]

MR3
( 2 ,b3) ( 2 ,a3)
[RELEASE] [CLAMP]
( 2 ,b4) ( 2 ,a4)
53-2 A1 A2 A3 A4

2-2 34 P T

a5
a4

a3

( 53 ,A4) ( 53 ,A2)
a6 ( 22 ,A1) ( 29 ,T4)

( 31 ,F)
[Boom Up]

2-2 Main control valve


22-2 4-cartridge valve
22-2 ACC A3 32 DPC valve
A2 A4
34 Last guard filter
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK
A1
PARKING or B.SWING
52 Solenoid valve
53-2 4-EPPR valve
55 Boom cylinder
57 Selector valve
P1
30MN-00070-00 3OF3
T

3-3
GROUP 2 MAIN CIRCUIT

The main hydraulic circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit, return circuit and drain circuit.
The hydraulic system consists of one main pump, one control valve, one swing motor, four cylinders
and two travel motors.
The swash plate type variable displacement axial piston pump is used as the main pump and is
driven by the engine at ratio 1.0 of engine speed.

1. SUCTION AND DELIVERY CIRCUIT

To cylinders To motors

Main control valve To oil cooler

To hydraulic oil tank

Main pump
Suction strainer

Hydraulic oil tank

140L3CI01

The pumps receive oil from the hydraulic tank through a suction filter. The discharged oil from the
pump flows into the control valve and goes out the tank ports.
The oil discharged from the main pump flows to the actuators through the control valve.
The control valve controls the hydraulic functions.
The return oil from the actuators flows to the hydraulic tank through the control valve and the oil cooler.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-4
2. RETURN CIRCUIT

3.0

4.5

HW65AH3CI02

All oil returned from each actuator returns to the hydraulic tank through the control valve.
The bypass check valves are provided in the return circuit.
The setting pressure of bypass check valves are 3.0 kgf/cm2 (43 psi) and 4.5 kgf/cm2 (64 psi). Usually, oil
returns to the hydraulic tank from the left side of control valve through oil cooler.
When oil temperature is low, viscosity becomes higher and flow resistance increases when passing
through the oil cooler. When the oil pressure exceeds 4.5 kgf/cm2 (64 psi), the oil returns directly to the
hydraulic tank, resulting in the oil temperature being raised quickly at an appropriate level.
When the oil cooler is clogged, the oil returns directly to the hydraulic tank through bypass check valve (1).
The full-flow filter and bypass relief valve are provided in the hydraulic tank.
The oil returned from right and left side of control valve is combined and filtered by the full-flow filter. A
bypass relief valve is provided in the full-flow filter.
When the filter element is clogged, the bypass relief valve opens at 1.5 kgf/cm2 (21 psi) differential
pressure.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-5
3. DRAIN CIRCUIT

Travel motor Swing motor

Return line

Turning
joint

Return filter
1

Hydraulic
oil tank

HW65AH3CI03

Besides internal leaks from the motors and main pump, the oil for lubrication circulates.
1) TRAVEL MOTOR DRAIN CIRCUIT
Oil leaked from the right and left travel motors comes out of the drain ports provided in the
respective motor casing and join with each other. These oils pass through the turning joint and
return to the hydraulic tank after being filtered by return filter.
2) SWING MOTOR DRAIN CIRCUIT
Oil leaked from the swing motor returns to the hydraulic tank passing through a return filter with oil
drained from the travel circuit.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-6
GROUP 3 PILOT CIRCUIT

Remote control valve Remote control valve


(LH & RH lever) Dozer lever
(Travel lever)

4-EPPR valve
Block B
- Boom swing (LH/RH)
- Breaker or 2-way

Safety lock
Pump flow control EPPR valve
solenoid valve

MCV
Axle parking solenoid valve
Travel speed
Block A
solenoid valve
Ramlock solenoid valve
Swing parking
brake standby port
Line filter

Relief valve
30kgf/cm2
Cut off valve

Pilot pump Suction filter

HW65AH3CI04

The pilot circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit and return circuit.
The pilot pump receives the oil from the hydraulic tank through the suction filter.
The pilot pressure is controlled by the relief valve in the cut off valve.
The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to the control valves, solenoid valves and EPPR valves
through the cut off valve and line filter as below.
· RCV lever (LH & RH) and dozer lever through the safety lock solenoid valve and block B.
· RCV pedal (travel), forward/reverse travel solenoid valve and 4-EPPR valve (boom swing and
breaker or 2-way) through the safety lock solenoid valve.
· Auto idle supply port of MCV, parking brake standby port of swing motor and travel speed solenoid
valve through the block A.
· Axle parking solenoid valve, ram lock solenoid valve and pump flow control EPPR valve.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-7
1. SUCTION, DELIVERY AND RETURN CIRCUIT

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC02

The pilot pump receives oil from the hydraulic tank. The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to
the safety solenoid valve through the line filter. The oil is filtered by the line filter. The oil filtered by line
filter flows remote control valve through safety solenoid valve.
Also, the oil flows EPPR valves, solenoid valves and auto idle port of MCV.
The pilot relief valve is provided in the cut off valve for limiting the pilot circuit pressure.
The return oil flow into the hydraulic tank.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-8
2. SAFETY VALVE (SAFETY LEVER)

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
SAFETY D/BLADE
SOLENOID T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
VALVE T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
Unlock T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E
Lock
T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC03

When the lever of the safety solenoid valve is in the unlock position, oil flows into the remote control
valve through solenoid valve and line filter.
When the lever of the safety solenoid valve is in the lock position, oil does not flow into the remote
control valve, because of the blocked port.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-9
3. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
TRAVEL a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
SPEED MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

LOW HIGH
SPEED SPEED

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC04

When the travel speed switch of the RH multifunction switch was placed in high or low position, the
travel speed solenoid valve is changed to high or low speed position and thus the gear box is
changed into high or low speed condition.
The pressure oil from pilot pump flows to the gear box through relief valve of cut off valve and the
travel speed solenoid valve.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-10
4. SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASE

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC05

When the swing control lever is tilted, the pilot oil flow into SH port of shuttle valve, this pressure move
spool so, discharged oil from pilot pump flow into PG port.
This pressure is applied to swing motor disc, thus the brake is released.
When the swing control lever is set in the neutral position, oil in the swing motor disc cylinder is
drained, thus the brake is applied.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-11
GROUP 4 SINGLE OPERATION

1. BOOM UP OPERATION
X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P Boom
T/S

L T LS R holding

MR3

AI
valve
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC10

When the right control lever is pulled back, the boom spools in the main control valve are moved to
the up position by the pilot oil pressure (a5, a9) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large
chamber of boom cylinder. At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of boom cylinder returns
to the hydraulic oil tank through the boom 1 spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the
boom goes up. The excessive pressure in the boom cylinder bottom end circuit is prevented by relief
valve. When the boom is up and the control lever is returned to neutral position, the circuit for the
holding pressure at the bottom end of the boom cylinder is closed by the boom holding valve. This
prevents the hydraulic drift of boom cylinder.
※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-12
2. BOOM DOWN OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC11

When the right control lever is pushed forward, the boom spool in the main control valve are moved to
the down position by the pilot oil pressure (b9) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small chamber of
boom cylinder. At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of boom cylinder returns to the
hydraulic tank through the boom spool in the main control valve.
The excessive pressure in the boom cylinder rod end circuit is prevented by the relief valve.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-13
3. ARM ROLL IN OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC12

When the left control lever is pulled back, the arm spools in the main control valve are moved to the
roll in position by the pilot oil pressure (b6, b11) from the remote control valve.
Also, the pilot pressure (sa) flows to the P3 selector valve and it moves the up position.
The oil from the A1, A2 and A3 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large
chamber of arm cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from small chamber of arm cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank through
the arm 1 spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the arm rolls in.
The cavitation which will happen to the bottom of the arm cylinder is also prevented by the make-up
valve in the main control valve.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-14
4. ARM ROLL OUT OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC13

When the left control lever is pushed forward, the arm spools in the main control valve are moved to
the roll out position by the pilot oil pressure (a6, a11) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small
chamber of arm cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of arm cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the arm 1 spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the arm rolls out.
The cavitation which will happen to the rod of the arm cylinder is also prevented by the make-up valve
in the main control valve.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-15
5. BUCKET ROLL IN OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC14

When the right control lever is pulled left, the bucket spool in the main control valve is moved to the
roll in position by the pilot oil pressure (b10) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large chamber of
bucket cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of bucket cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the bucket spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the bucket rolls in.
The cavitation which will happen to the bottom of the bucket cylinder is also prevented by the make-
up valve in the main control valve.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-16
6. BUCKET ROLL OUT OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC15

When the right control lever is pushed right, the bucket spool in the main control valve is moved to the
roll out position by the pilot oil pressure (a10) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small chamber of
bucket cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of bucket cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the bucket spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the bucket rolls out.
The cavitation which will happen to the rod of the bucket cylinder is also prevented by the make-up
valve in the main control valve.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-17
7. SWING OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH) a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC16

When the left control lever is pushed left or right, the swing spool in the main control valve is moved to
the left or right swing position by the pilot oil pressure (a1, b1) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A3 pump flows into the main control valve through the cut off valve and then goes to
the swing motor.
At the same time, the return oil from the swing motor returns to the hydraulic oil tank through the
swing spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the superstructure swings to the left or
right. The swing parking brake, make up valve and the overload relief valve are provided in the swing
motor. The cavitation which will happen to the swing motor is also prevented by the make up valve in
the swing motor itself.
※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-18
SWING CIRCUIT OPERATION

Parking brake

SWING MOTOR
Brake OFF
SH

Brake release valve


PG

Dr
Brake ON
(1)

Motor brake valve

B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
Make up valve
Make up port

Tp/from main control valve

HW65AH3HC17

1) MOTOR BRAKE VALVE


Motor brake valve for the swing motor limits to cushion the starting and stopping pressure of swing
operation.
2) MAKE UP VALVE
The make up valves prevent cavitation by supplying return oil to the vacuum side of the motor.
3) PARKING BRAKE
In case that the parking, of the machine at slope is required during operation, there is the danger of
involuntary swing caused by the self weight of the machine. The brake is connected to prevent
this involuntary swing.
PARKING BRAKE "OFF" OPERATION
The parking brake is released by the pilot pressure oil from the pilot pump.
When the left control lever placed in the swing position, the pilot pressure (SH) at the shuttle valve
is transferred to the brake release valve and the brake release valve is change over. Then the pilot
pressure (PG) lift the brake piston and release the parking brake.
PARKING BRAKE "ON" OPERATION
When the control lever placed in the neutral position, the pressure of the pilot oil passage down.
Then the brake release valve returned to the neutral position and the oil is returned from the brake
piston to the tank. And the brake is set to 'ON".

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-19
8. TRAVEL FORWARD AND REVERSE
REVERSE OPERATION
OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC18

When the FNR lever of the RH multifunction switch is placed in forward or reverse position, the travel
spools in the main control valve is moved to the forward or reverse position by the pilot oil pressure
(a7, a8 or b7, b8) from pilot pump through the axle parking solenoid valve and then goes to the travel
forward/reverse solenoid valve. The oil from the both pumps (A1, A2) flows into the main control valve
and then goes to the travel motor. At the same time, the oil returned from the travel motor returns to
the hydraulic oil tank through the turning joint and travel spools in the main control valve.
When this happens, the machine moves forward or reverse.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-20
TRAVEL CIRCUIT OPERATION

To gear box
TRAVEL MOTOR

T U
T G

M1

Over load relief valve

MB MA

Counter balance valve

Check valve

Gext

A(BW) S B(FW)

TURNING JOINT

To/from main control valve

HW65AH3HC19

Valves are provided on travel motors to offer the following functions.

1) COUNTER BALANCE VALVE


When stopping the motor of slope descending, this valve to prevent the motor over run.
2) OVERLOAD RELIEF VALVE
Relief valve limit the circuit pressure below 235 kgf/cm2 (3340 psi) to prevent high pressure
generated at the time of stopping the machine. Stopping the motor, this valve sucks the oil from
lower pressure passage for preventing the negative pressure and the cavitation of the motor.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-21
9. DOZER UP OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC20

When the dozer control lever is pulled back, the dozer spool in the main control valve is moved to the
dozer up position by the pilot oil pressure (b2) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A3 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small chamber of
dozer cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of dozer cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the dozer spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the dozer goes up.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-22
10. DOZER DOWN OPERATION
X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC21

When the dozer control lever is pushed forward, the dozer spool in the main control valve is moved to
the dozer down position by the pilot oil pressure (a2) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A3 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large chamber of
dozer cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of dozer cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the dozer spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the dozer blade is down.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-23
11. FRONT AND REAR AXLE BRAKE SYSTEM (SERVICE BRAKE)

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
BRAKE TURNING
CUT OFF J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
JOINT
VALVE PEDAL
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC22

When the brake pedal (valve) is pushed, the discharged oil from the pilot pump (P4) flows into the
front and rear axle brake disc through the solenoid valve of cut-off valve.
This pressure is applied to axle brake disc, thus the service brake is applied.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-24
12. STEERING CIRCUIT OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC23

When the steering wheel is turned to the left or right, the spool within the steering valve turns left or
right hand direction : Because the spool is connected with steering column.
At this time, the oil discharged from the pump (A3) flows into steering cylinder through spool and
gerotor within the steering valve.
Then the steering direction is applied.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-25
13. RAM LOCK CIRCUIT OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC24

When the ram lock switch is selected on the switch panel, the oil discharged from the pilot pump flows
into oscillating cylinder through ram lock solenoid valve and locking valve.
This pressure is applied to check valve and oscillating cylinder, thus the oscillating function is
operated (ram lock released).

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-26
GROUP 5 COMBINED OPERATION
1. OUTLINE
X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE Straight travel spool
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC25

The oil from the A1, A2, A3 pump flows through the neutral oil passage, bypass oil passage and
confluence oil passage in the main control valve. Then the oil goes to each actuator and operates
them. Check valves and orifices are located on these oil passage in the main control valve. These
control the oil from the main pumps so as to correspond to the operation of each actuator and smooth
the combined operation.
Straight travel spool
This straight travel spool for straight travel is provided in the main control valve.
If any of boom, arm or bucket lever etc is operated when traveling, the straight travel spool is pushed
to the up by the pilot oil pressure.
Consequently, the left and right travel oil supply passage are connected, and equivalent amount of oil
flows into the left and right travel motors. This keeps the straight travel.
※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-27
2. COMBINED SWING AND BOOM OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC26

When the swing and boom functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and boom spools
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure (a1, b1, a5, a9,
b9) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows into the boom cylinder through boom 1 and boom 2 spools.
The oil from the A3 pump flows into the swing motor through the swing spool.
The superstructure swings and the boom is operated.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-28
3. COMBINED SWING AND ARM OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC27

When the swing and arm functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and arm spools in
the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure (a1, b1, a6, a11,
b6, b11) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A3 pump flows into the swing motor through swing spool.
The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows into the arm cylinder through the arm 1 and arm 2 spools.
The superstructure swings and the arm is operated.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-29
4. COMBINED SWING AND BUCKET OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH) a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC28

When the swing and bucket functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and bucket spool
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure (a1, b1, a10,
b10) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A3 pump flows into the swing motor through the swing spool.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the bucket cylinder through the bucket spool.
The superstructure swings and the bucket is operated.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-30
5. COMBINED SWING, BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET OPERATION

X
STEERING OSCILLATING CYLINDER DOZER
REAR AXLE FRONT AXLE CYLINDER TRAVEL MOTOR CYLINDER
G

U T MB Gext
B(FW)
GEAR BOX BL BR
D
qmax

qmin
S
l
D C
C
1 A 1
B 9K A(BW)
SWING MOTOR
(1ST) (2ND) A
Y P T MA B SH
M1
PG
Dr
(1)

BUCKET BOOM BOOM SWING ARM


CYLINDER CYLINDER (BREAKER) CYLINDER CYLINDER
TURNING
CUT OFF JOINT J K L E D C B A P F M G I H
VALVE
S2 C D
(2WAY)
BL1 B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
S3 T1
PR
PS

BR1 2
P1
P PS
K7 1
K1 BL2 (RETURN PIPE,"H")
T T2
K3 K2 P2 BR2

S1 RL

STEERING b6
VALVE
b11 b9 b7
b10 Dr b1
b6 b4 b3 b2
A11 B11 A10 B10 xb9 A9 B9 A8 B8 b8 P1 P2 B7 A7 B4 A4 B3 A3 B6 A6 b5 B5 A5 sb P3 B2 A2 B1 A1

BOOM SWING

DOZER
P3 SELECTOR

SWING
TRAVEL
BUCKET

BOOM 2
BOOM 1

TRAVEL

ARM 1
ARM 2

2-WAY
MR1

P
T/S

L T LS R

MR3

AI
PS

Ai
T EF
P

Pp
B A
a7 a5 sa T1
a11 a10 PS a4 a3 a11 a2 a1
MAIN CONTROL a9 a6
VALVE GAUGE
a8
T P

B A

RTN PIPE L
D/BLADE

T G
SWING P T ARM BOOM P T BUCKET P T
T/JOINT PR T/JOINT RL
P R1 A1 A2 A2G A4
PS A3
ACC A A1G
A2 A3 A4
SAFETY AXLE ROTATING RAM LOCK T/JOINT PR
A1 PARKING OR B SWING P2 P1
T DOWN UP
CW CCW IN OUT UP DOWN OUT IN 1 2
PILOT FILTER
3 1 4 2 2 4 1 3 a2 b2
P1 E

T Pz
PS1 A B
4-CARTRIDGE VALVE 3
PS
b11 a6 a8 b7
SM(SH)
a5 a9 TERMINAL ASSY MAIN PUMP S1

b3 a3 b4 a4 K E A1

A1 A2 A3 A4 MCV MCV BLOCK (A) P


(Dr) (sb,b5) T/PDL(T2) 4
BLOCK 5
T
(B)
P3 T8 T9 D3 D2 EPPR VALVE
T SM(PG) T/PDL(T1)
MCV(Pp)
P 4-EPPR VALVE HYDRAULIC
TANK

HW65AH3HC29

When the swing, boom, arm and bucket functions are operated, simultaneously each spool in the
main control valve is moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure (a1, b1, a5, a9, b9, a6,
a11, b6, b11, a10, b10) from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the boom cylinder, arm cylinder and bucket cylinder through
boom 1 spool, arm 2 spool, bucket spool.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the boom cylinder and arm cylinder through the boom 2 spool
and arm 1 spool.
The oil from the A3 pump flows into the swing motor through the swing spool.
The superstructure swings and the boom, arm and bucket are operated.

※ The circuit diagram may differ from the equipment, so please check before a repair.
3-31
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 1 Component Location -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1


Group 2 Monitoring system ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-3
Group 3 Electrical Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-62
Group 4 Electrical Component Specification -------------------------------------------------------------- 4-82
Group 5 Connectors ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-90
Group 6 Fault codes ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-110
GROUP 1 COMPONENT LOCATION

1. LOCATION 1

1 14
2 15 17
3 16 18
4 19
5
6
Switch
panel 2
Switch
panel 1

20
8
9
7
10
23 21

11
25
12

Master switch

28 26

29
13
22
HW65AH4EL01

1 Head light switch 11 Hazard switch 21 Fuse box


2 Work light switch 12 Select switch 22 Radio & USB player
3 Travel alarm switch 13 Multifunction switch (RH) 23 Service moter
4 Cab light switch 14 Auto ram lock switch 25 Horn switch
5 Beacon switch (opt) 15 Auto cruise switch 26 Master switch
6 Breaker selection switch (opt) 16 Overload switch (opt) 27 Aircon and heater switch
7 Start switch 17 DPF switch 28 Travel alarm switch
8 Breaker operation switch 18 Quick coypler switch (opt) 29 Multifunction switch (LH)
9 Accel dial switch 19 12V socket
10 Cluster 20 Speaker

4-1
2. LOCATION 2

15
11

10
17
9
12

15
7 11

5
20
4
19

2 13

3
1
14
16

18

21

HW65AH4EL02

1 Horn 8 Filler pump toggle switch 15 Reverse lamp


2 Head lamp 9 Machine control unit (MCU) 16 AVCU
3 Flasher position lamp 10 Fuel sender 17 Alternator
4 Battery 11 Combination lamp 18 RMCU
5 Battery relay 12 Number plate lamp 19 Int wiper relay
6 Fuel filler pump 13 12V mini relay 20 Flaher unit
7 Washer pump 14 Travel alarm buzzer 21 Power relay

4-2
4. SWITCHES

Auto ram lock switch


Head light switch Auto cruise switch DPF switch
Work light switch Overload switch
Travel alarm switch Quick coupler switch(opt)
Cab light switch Breaker operation switch
Beacon switch (opt)
Breaker selection switch (opt)
Switch
panel 2
Switch
panel 1

Accel dial

Start switch
Hazard switch
Select switch
(Parking/working/traveling)
Horn switch

Master switch

Travel alarm switch

Multifunction switch

HW65AH3CD02-2A

1) START SWITCH AND BUTTON (OPTIONAL)


STARTING SWITCH
Start Switch (1) There are 3 switches of OFF, ON and START.
ਠ (OFF) : As the position possible for inserting and removing the
key, engine is stopped when the key is in the OFF
position while the engine is operating.
ਠON) : The overall machine system is operated.
ਠ(START) : It is used to start the engine. Remove your hand after
2609A3CD146
engine is started.
Start Button
STARTING BUTTON When the start switch is turned ON in the winter season, the coolant
PUSH
temperature is detected to operate the fuel heater automatically, and
OFF the fuel is heated.
ON
OFF
START
When the start switch is turned ON, the engine is started in 1~2 minutes.
More time may be required according to the outdoor temperature.
To maintain the electrical and hydraulic functions, and to prevent
2609A3CD142
machine damage, the start switch is placed on the ON position when
Start button and Smart the engine is operating.
key tag (Optional)

4-38
GROUP 2 MONITORING SYSTEM

1) STRUCTURE (TYPE A, FOR NA)


The cluster consists of LCD and switches as shown below. The LCD is to warn the operator in case
of abnormal machine operation or conditions for the appropriate operation and inspection.
Also, The LCD is to set and display for modes, monitoring and utilities with the switches.
The switches or touch screen are to set the machine operation modes.
※ The cluster installed on this machine does not entirely guarantee the condition of the machine.
Daily inspection should be performed according to chapter 6, Maintenance.
※ When the cluster provides a warning immediately check the problem, and perform the required
action.

4 2 3 4

HW65AH3CD100D

1 Gauge (4-4 page) 3 Time display 5 Pilot lamps (4-13 page)


2 Main menu (4-20 page) 4 Warning lamps (4-6 page) 6 Switches (4-18 page)

※ The warning lamp pops up, lights ON (on the left-top side) and the buzzer sounds when the
machine has a problem.
The warning lamp lights ON until the problem is cleared. Refer to page 4-6 for details.

4-3
STRUCTURE (TYPE B, FOR EU)
The cluster consists of LCD and switches as shown below. The LCD is to warn the operator in case
of abnormal machine operation or conditions for the appropriate operation and inspection.
Also, The LCD is to set and display for modes, monitoring and utilities with the switches.
The switches or touch screen are to set the machine operation modes.
※ The cluster installed on this machine does not entirely guarantee the condition of the machine.
Daily inspection should be performed according to chapter 6, Maintenance.
※ When the cluster provides a warning immediately check the problem, and perform the required
action.
2 3

4
1

63WAH3CD10

1 Gauge (4-4 page) 3 Time display 5 Pilot lamps (4-13 page)


2 Main menu (4-20 page) 4 Warning lamps (4-6 page) 6 Switches (4-18 page)

※ The warning lamp pops up, lights ON (on the left-top side) and the buzzer sounds when the
machine has a problem.
The warning lamp lights ON until the problem is cleared. Refer to page 4-6 for details.
※ If you cancel the camera screen, there is a risk due to limited visibility. Therefore, an equipment
operation is strictly forbidden with restricted visibility. Our company can not assume liability for any
damage.

4-3-1
2) GAUGE
(1) Operation screen
When you first turn starting switch ON, the operation screen will appear.
Type B

Type A 1

1 2

2
3

3 5 4 6

HX60A3CD101A 87A3CD11

1 Engine coolant temp 3 Fuel level 5 Accel dial


2 Hydraulic oil temp 4 Engine rpm 6 Clinometer

(2) Engine coolant temperature gauge


① This gauge indicates the temperature of coolant.
·Black range : General state
·Red range : Engine overheated state
② If the indicator is in the red range or lamp lights ON in red,
turn OFF the engine and check the engine cooling system.
※ If the gauge indicates the red range or lamp lights ON even
290F3CD53
though the machine is in the normal condition range, check
the electric device as this can be caused by poor connection of
sensor or connector, and poor grounding of the instrument, etc.

87A3CD12

(3) Hydraulic oil temperature gauge


① This gauge indicates the temperature of hydraulic oil.
·Black range : 40-105˚C (104-221˚F)
·Red range : Above 105˚C (221˚F)
② If the indicator is in the red range or lamp lights ON in red,
reduce the load on the system. If the gauge stays in the red
290F3CD54
range, stop the machine and check the cause of the problem.
※ If the gauge indicates the red range or lamp lights ON in
red even though the machine is in the normal condition range,
check the electric device as this can be caused by poor con-
87A3CD13
nection of sensor.
4-4
(4) Fuel level gauge
① This gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
- Black range : 9% or more
- Red range : below 9%
② Fill the fuel when in the red range, or lamp lights ON in red.
※ If the gauge indicates the red range or lamp lights ON in
red even though the machine is in the normal condition range,
check the electric device as this can be caused by poor con-
HX60A3CD55A
nection of sensor.

87A3CD14

(5) Engine rpm gauge and clinometer


Clinometer ① This displays the engine speed.
② This displays the tilt of machine.

Engine rpm
65A3CD105

87A3CD16

(6) Accel dial gauge


① This gauge indicates the level of accel dial from 0 to 10 step.

290F3CD59

87A3CD15

4-5
3) COMMUNICATION ERROR AND LOW VOLTAGE WARNING POP-UP
(1) Communication error pop-up
① Cluster displays this communication error pop-up when it has
communication error with MCU.
② Communication error pop-up displays at operation screen only.
Just buzzer alarm at the other screen.
③ If communication with MCU become normal state, it will disap-
HX60A3CD107A
pear automatically.

87A3CD17

(2) Low voltage warning pop-up


① Cluster displays this low voltage warning pop-up when the bat-
tery voltage is low.
② Low voltage warning pop-up displays at operation screen only.
Just buzzer alarm at the other screen.
③ This pop-up will disappear with using touch screen or buzzer
HX60A3CD108
stop switch. While the battery voltage is low, buzzer sounds
every minute.
④ When the battery voltage is higher than 11.5 V, the pop-up off.

87A3CD18

4-5-1
4) WARNING LAMPS
Type A Type B

HW65AH3CD20

※ Each warning lamp on the left-top of the LCD pops up on the center of LCD and the buzzer sounds
when the each warning is happened. The pop-up warning lamp moves to the original position and
lights up when the buzzer stop switch is pushed or the pop-up is touched. And the buzzer stops.
Refer to page 4-19 for the switch.

(1) Engine coolant temperature warning lamp


① The warning light is turned ON and buzzer is sounded when the
engine coolant temperature is overheated.
② The engine speed is also decreased unless the coolant
temperature is reduced again. Here, do not turn OFF the engine.
When the engine is turned OFF, the coolant temperature is
290F3CD61
overheated even more to cause engine rattle due to the surge.
※ Check the temperature gauge of the engine coolant. The coolant
is overheated when the gauge in the red range. Here, the coolant
temperature warning lamp is turned ON, and the engine speed is
decreased automatically.
The engine performs ‘low-speed idle” run until the gauge is
returned to the black range. Even when the gauge returns to the
black range, do not turn OFF the engine, and perform idle run
additionally for 3~5 min. Ignoring this may cause surge from the
heat to result in damage to the engine.
The reason for idle run of the engine is to disperse the
overheated heat slowly to reduce the temperature.
After proper measures are finished check the coolant level again,
and inspect whether the fan belt is loose, and whether there are
any foreign substances around the radiator. When the coolant
temperature returns to normal temperature, the engine speed is
restored to normal speed again.

(2) Hydraulic oil temperature warning lamp


① This warning lamp pops up on the center of LCD and the buzzer
sounds when the hydraulic oil temperature is over 105˚C.
② The pop-up lamp moves to the original position and lights ON
when the buzzer stop switch is pushed or pop-up is touched.
Also, the buzzer stops and lamp keeps ON.
290F3CD62
③ Check the hydraulic oil level and hydraulic oil cooling system.

4-6
(3) Fuel level warning lamp
① This warning lamp lights up and the buzzer sounds when the
level of fuel is below 9%.
② Fill the fuel immediately when the lamp is ON.

290F3CD63

(4) Emergency warning lamp


① This warning lamp pops up and the buzzer sounds when each
of the below warnings occurs.
- MCU input voltage abnormal
- Accel dial circuit abnormal or open
※ The pop-up warning lamp moves to the original position and
290F3CD64
lights ON when the buzzer stop switch is pushed or pop-up is
touched. Also the buzzer will stop.
This is same as following warning lamps.
② When this warning lamp lights up, machine must be checked
and serviced immediately.

(5) Engine oil pressure warning lamp


① This warning lamp lights up when the engine oil pressure is
low.
② If the lamp lights up, shut off the engine immediately. Check oil
level.
※ Serious damage can be caused to the engine when the engine
290F3CD65
is operated continuously while the warning lamp is turned ON.

(6) Check engine warning lamp


① Warning lamp is turned ON when the engine must be checked.
※ When the warning lamp is turned ON, stop the machine and
find the cause for repair.

290F3CD66

(7) Battery charging warning lamp


① This warning lamp lights up when the battery charging voltage
is low.
② Check the battery charging circuit when this lamp lights up.

290F3CD67

4-7
(8) Air cleaner warning lamp
① This warning lamp lights up when the air cleaner is clogged.
② Check, clean or replace the filter.

290F3CD68

(9) Overload warning lamp (opt)


① When the machine is overloaded, the overload warning lamp
lights up when the overload switch is ON. (if equipped)
② Reduce the machine load.
Initiate a manual regeneration

21093CD36

(10) DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Warning Lamp


① This lamp is turned ON or OFF to inform that regeneration is
required.
② For details, please refer to the after-treatment system below.

290F3CD70

※ After-treatment System
The after-treatment system uses DOG and DPF to satisfy the exhaust regulations.
The oxidation catalyst of DOG reduces the emission of hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide through
the catalyst, and the particle materials (PM) discharged from the engine are collected.
DPF regeneration is composed of “forced regeneration” during driving and “manual regeneration”
performed by the driver.
When the regeneration is not performed successfully according to the procedure, warning lamp
relevant to the each operating condition is turned ON.
When the warning lamp is turned ON, park the machine on a safe place, and perform the
regeneration process manually according to the following procedure.
The warning lamp is turned OFF when the regeneration process is performed successfully.
DPF regeneration mode is classified into the following stages according to the soot accumulation
level on the DPF.
- Soot level of 80% or less : Normal operating condition
- Soot level of 80~100% : AUTO regeneration during driving
- Soot level of 100~120% : Regeneration initiated by the driver (Manual Regeneration)
- Soot level of 120% or more : Inquiry to the Service Center or agent required
(DPF warning lamp turned OFF, check engine warning lamp turned
ON, engine power reduced)
Engine power can be reduced when the regeneration process is not performed manually after
the warning lamp is turned ON.

4-8
※ DPF Regeneration Procedure

DPF Warning Check engine


Decrease in
Procedure Soot Amount Lamp warning lamp Remark
Torque

No action (Manual regeneration


1 Less than 99% - - -
according to the equipment)
Regeneration is started.
2 100~105% - - - Performed in high temperature
(560~640˚C)
3 106~110% Blinking slowly - - Forced regeneration induced (Alarm)
Torque reduced Forced regeneration induced
4 111~120% Blinking slowly Turned ON
weakly (Decrease in Torque)
Regeneration is inactivated.
Inquire to the service center or to the
Torque reduced
5 121% or more Blinking quickly Blinking agent to start the service
severely
regeneration to solve the decrease
in torque

- DPF warning lamp is turned ON when the DPF soot exceeds 100%.
- DPF warning lamp is blinked when the DPF soot level exceeds 105%.
- When the DPF soot level exceeds 111%, the DPF warning lamp blinks slowly, and the check
engine warning lamp is turned ON to reduce the engine power.
- When the DPF soot level exceeds 121%, the DPF warning lamp blinks slowly, and the check
engine warning lamp is turned ON to reduce the engine power.
- DPF regeneration is composed of the active regeneration occurred during driving and forced
regeneration activated manually by the driver.
- When the DPF soot level is less than 105%, active regeneration is activated automatically during
driving.
However, the system informs the driver to perform forced regeneration manually when the level is
105% or more.
The check engine warning lamp is turned ON when the level is 120% or more, and engine power
is reduced to 50%. The driver must inquire to the service center or to the agent.
- DPF soot level of 105% or less : Active regeneration
- DPF soot level of 105~120% : Forced regeneration + Engine power reduced
- DPF soot level of 105~120% : Driver is informed that forced regeneration is required.
- DPF soot level of 120% or more : Regeneration not possible, and inquiry required to the service
center or to the agent

4-9
※ Manual (Forced) DPF regeneration method
DPF regeneration procedure is activated manually by the driver when
the driver selects to initiate the regeneration procedure.
Because the operating condition is inappropriate for the hot engine
exhaust temperature (Ex.: Work near the inflammable materials), manual
regeneration may be required if the driver prohibited the active
regeneration procedure for long period.
HW65A3CD24K

① Manual regeneration condition


- Coolant (Engine oil) temperature : 40 ˚C or more
- Engine RPM: Low-speed idle run
- Parking brake must be applied (Only relevant to the wheel-type machine)
- When the soot concentration is accumulated to 20% or more
② Manual (Forced) regeneration procedure
Park the machine on a well-ventilated area, and keep away from
inflammable materials to set the machine as shown below.
- Operate the machine until the engine coolant and oil temperature
becomes 40˚C or more.
- Engine speed is set to low speed.
- Put the gear lever on neutral, and apply the parking brake. (Only
relevant to wheel-type machine)
- Safety lever is placed on the locking position.
- When the regeneration mode is in "Prohibit", DPF switch is pressed
to the manual regeneration position.
③ Regeneration switch is activated to initiate the regeneration
procedure.
※ DPF warning lamp is lighted on the monitor.
While the engine speed is in low speed, the speed is increased
gradually to 2000 RPM, and the regeneration procedure is initiated.
Manual regeneration can be continued for maximum of 30 min. or
more according to the soot accumulation amount.
HEST lamp is lighted during the regeneration, and HEST lamp is
turned OFF when regeneration is stopped.
※ The driver can stop the manual regeneration by lifting the safety lever
to the "Release Lock” position, or by pressing the DPF switch to the
“Prohibit” position.

4-10
(11) Stop engine warning lamp
① If this warning lamp lights up, stop the engine immediately and
check the engine.
② Check the fault codes on the monitor.
※ Please contact your HD Hyundai Construction Equipment
service center or local dealer.
290F3CD252

(12) Water in fuel warning lamp


① This warning lamp lights up when the water separator is full of
water or malfunctioning.
② When this lamp lights up, stop the machine and drain water
from the water separator.

HX60A3CD110

(13) Brake oil pressure warning lamp


① This warning lamp lights up when the oil pressure of service
brake drops below the normal range.
② When the lamp lights up, stop the engine and check for its
cause.
※ Do not operate until any problems are corrected.
55I3CD95A

(14) Seat belt reminder warning lamp


① When operator does not fasten the operator's seat belt, the
seat belt reminder warning lamp pops up and the buzzer
sounds.
② Fasten the seat belt.
300A3CD25

4-11
(15) Exhaust System Failure Warning Lamp
① This warning lamp is turned ON in 3 cases such as when the
quantitative distribution is stopped, poor reagent quality and
monitoring malfunction, etc.
② Please refer to the exhaust gas control system below.
HW60A3CD53A

※ Exhaust Gas Control System


This machine is equipped with the engine exhaust gas emission control system that satisfies the
exhaust gas emission regulations. The owner/driver has the responsibility of proper operation
and maintenance on the exhaust control system provided in the guaranteed provisions related to
emission.
The engine exhaust system is mounted on the DPF. DPF is a emission reduction device that
reduces the diesel particulate matter or soot from the exhaust gas of the diesel engine. DPF is
stored until the particulate matter is combusted. The process of combustion and elimination of
the stored particulate matter is referred to as "Regeneration". After the regeneration process is
completed, residue is remaining, and it must be removed from the DPF regularly.
The temperature of the exhaust gas and components of the exhaust system are in very high
temperature during regeneration. There are risks of fire or burn, and it can also result in
death, severe injury or property loss. Inflammable materials and explosive gas must be kept
far away from the exhaust system during regeneration.
Notification
Item Stage Reducing Agent Level/Time Decrease in Torque Symbol
Method
Warning Immediately Always -

EGR Valve Level 1 +36 hours Blinking slowly Torque Limit : ~25%
Problem
+64 hours Blinking quickly + Torque Limit : ~50%
Serious (100 hours) Buzzer Speed Limit : 60%

4-12
5) PILOT LAMPS
Type A Type B

HW65AH3CD20

(1) Mode pilot lamps


No Mode Pilot lamp Selected mode

Heavy duty power work mode


1 Power mode
Standard power mode

Low speed traveling


2 Travel mode
High speed traveling

Auto idle mode


3 Auto idle mode
Auto idle status

(2) Preheat pilot lamp


① Turning the start key switch to the ON position starts
preheating in cold weather.
② Start the engine after this lamp goes OFF.

290F3CD79

(3) Warming up pilot lamp


① This lamp is lights up when the coolant temperature is below
30˚C (86˚F).
② The automatic warming up is cancelled when the engine
coolant temperature is above 30˚C (86˚F), or when 10 minutes
have passed since starting the engine.
290F3CD80

4-13
(4) Auto idle status/ mode pilot lamp
1 ① The auto idle mode pilot lamp will light up when the idle mode
is selected.
AUTO ② The auto idle status pilot lamp will be ON when all levers and
pedals are in the neutral position, and the auto idle mode is
n/min selected.
2 ③ One of the lever or pedal is operated, the status lamp will go
OFF and the engine speed returns to the previous conditions.

n/min
63AH3CD115

1 Mode
2 Status

(5) Maintenance pilot lamp


① This lamp lights up when consumable parts are in need of
replacement. It means that the change or replacement interval
of parts is 30 hours from the required change interval.
② Check the message in maintenance information of main menu.
Also, this lamp lights up for 3 minutes when the start switch is
HX60A3CD116
switched to the ON position.
※ Refer to page 4-24.

(6) Boom swing pilot lamp


① This lamp lights up when the boom offset switch is pressed.

HX603CD82

(7) DPF regeneration inhibit warning lamp


① This warning lamp indicates, the DPF switch is pushed to the
inhibit position, therfore automatic and manual regeneration
can not occur.
※ Refer to page 4-41 for the DPF switch.
85A3CD107

4-14
(8) HEST (High exhaust system temperature) warning lamp
① This warning lamp indicates, when illuminated, that exhaust
temperatures are high due to regeneration of the DPF.
② The lamp will also illuminate during a manual regeneration.
③ When this lamp is illuminated, be sure the exhaust pipe outlet
is not directed at any surface or material that can melt, burn, or
85A3CD109
explode.
When this lamp is illuminated, the exhaust gas temperature
could reach 600˚
600˚C [1112˚F],
[1112˚ ], which is hot enough to ignite or
melt common materials, and to burn people.
※ The lamp does not signify the need for any kind of equipment
or engine service; It merely alerts the equipment operator to
high exhaust temperatures. It is common for the lamp to
illuminate on and off during normal equipment operation as the
engine completes regeneration cycles.

(9) Parking pilot lamp


① This lamp lights up when the the parking switch is set to the
parking position.
※ Refer to the page 4-41.

210WF3CD05

(10) Working brake pilot lamp


① This lamp lights up when the working brake switch is set to
working position.
※ Refer to page 4-41

210WF3CD07

(11) Ram lock pilot lamp


① This lamp lights up when the ram lock switch is set to the
LOCK position.
② Also, this lamp lights up when the select switch is set to the
parking position or the brake pedal is applied in the traveling.

210WF3CD04

4-15
(12) Cruise pilot lamp

① This lamp lights up when the auto-cruise of panel switch is


pressed.
※ Refer to the page 4-40.

HW60A3CD46

(13) High beam pilot lamp


① The lamp lights up when the head lamp switch is set to the
high beam position or passing conditions.
② When passing other machines ahead, this lamp must be used
for a few seconds to give other machines warning for a few
seconds.
210WF3CD06

(14) 4-way (rotating) pilot lamp (opt)

① This lamp lights up when the boom swing selection switch is


set to the rotator (not used boom swing) and the 4-way
operation switch on the LH control lever is pressed.
※ Refer to the page 4-43.

HW60A3CD48A

(15) 2-way pilot lamp


① This lamp lights up when the option flow control function is
activated in the cluster.
※ Refer to the page 4-24.

HW65A3CD49

4-16
(16) Manual safety lock pilot lamp
① This lamp lights up when the safety knob is set to the LOCK
position.
※ Refer to the operator's manual page 3-47 for the safety knob.

140WA3CD37

(17) Smart key pilot lamp (opt)


① This lamp lights up when the engine is started by the start
button.
② This lamp is red when the a authentication fails, it will be green
when it authentication is successful.
※ Refer to page 4-28.
300A3CD36A

(18) Auto engine shutdown pilot lamp


① This lamp lights up when the auto engine shutdown is activat-
ed.
※ Refer to page 4-28-1.

AUTO
220A3CD202A

4-17
6) SWITCHES

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
63AH3CD27

1 Power mode 3 Select 6 Buzzer stop


2 Travel speed control 4 ESC
3 Auto idle 5 Camera

※ When the switches are selected, the pilot lamps are displayed on the LCD. Refer to the page 4-13
for details.

(1) Power mode switch


① This switch is to select the machine power mode and when
pressed, the power mode pilot lamp will be displayed on the
section of the monitor.
·P : Heavy duty power work.
·S : Standard power work.
② The pilot lamp changes S → P → S in this order.

HX60A3CD118

(2) Select switch


① This switch is used to select or change the menu or input
value.
② Knob push
·Short (below 0.5 sec) : Select menu
③ Knob rotation
This knob changes menu and input value.
·Right turning : Down direction / Increase input value
HX60A3CD119
·Left turning : Up direction / Decreased input value

4-18
(3) Auto idle switch
① This switch is used to activate or cancel the auto idle function.
※ Refer to the page 4-13 for details.

HX60A3CD120

(4) Buzzer stop switch


① The buzzer sounds when the machine has a problem.
In this case, push this switch and buzzer stops, but the warning
lamp lights up until the problem is cleared.

HX60A3CD121

(5) Camera switch


① In the operation screen, pushing this switch will display the
view of the camera on the machine (if equipped).
※ Please refer to page 4-35 for the camera.

HX60A3CD122

(6) Escape switch


① This switch is used to return to the previous menu or parent
menu.

HX60A3CD123

(7) Travel speed control switch


① This switch is used to select the travel speed alternatively.
· : Low speed
· : High speed
※ Do not change the setting of the travel speed switch while
machine is moving. Machine stability may be adversely
affected.
Serious injury or death can result from sudden changes in
HX60A3CD104
machine stability.

4-19
7) MAIN MENU
Tap
Main menu screen (type A, B) Sub menu screen
or
Press

Press

HX60A3CD124B
HW60AH3CD125A

87A3CD30

※ Please refer to the select switch, page 4-18 for selection and change of menus and input values.
※ In the operation screen, tap MENU or press the select switch to access the sub-menu screen.
(1) Structure
No Main menu Sub menu Description
Active fault - Machine MCU
Active fault - Engine ECU
Logged fault - Machine/engine MCU, ECU
1 Delete logged fault MCU, ECU
Monitoring - Machine Engine rpm, oil temp, voltage and pressure etc.
Monitoring Monitoring - Switch Digital switch status
Monitoring - Output Digital output status
Maintenance information Elapsed time, Change interval, Replacement etc.
AUX flow setting Option attch selection, Proportional flow control
setting, Confifirmation
ESL mode setting ESL mode setting
Auto engine shutdown Once, Always, Disable
Change password Password change
2
Machine information Cluster, MCU, Engine, Machine
Management A/S phone number A/S phone number, A/S phone number change
Cluster update Application, System
CAN update Program download, Update
Service menu Power shift, Operating hour, Gauge type, Rpm,
AVCU set, Language update etc
Clock Current time set
Brightness Manual, Auto
3 Unit Temperature, Pressure, Flow, Distance, Volumn
Language 22 kinds
Display

Entertainment Video/music file playing


Camera setting (type A) Setup of number of active cameras, display
sequences, and camera numbers
Clinometer setting (type A) Initializing slope sensor
4 Manual Display cluster manual
Utilities Emergency mode Back-up switch for failed cluster switch and accel
dial
Rear warning settings Rear warning range, exterior aural warning
Quick cooling mode To maximize engine cooling performance
4-20
(2) Monitoring
① Active fault - Machine

HX60A3CD130A

HX60A3CD131A

· The active faults of the machine MCU can be checked by this menu.

② Active fault - Engine

HX60A3CD130A

HX60A3CD133A

· The active faults of the engine ECU can be checked by this menu.

③ Logged fault - Machine/ Engine

or

HX60A3CD134A

HX60A3CD135A HX60A3CD136A

· The logged faults of the machine MCU or engine ECU can be checked by this menu.
· This menu can be used only HCE service man.

4-21
④ Delete logged fault

HX60A3CD143A

HX60A3CD144A HW60AH3CD145A

HX60A3CD146A HW60AH3CD147A

· The logged faults of the MCU, engine ECU can be deleted by this menu.
(It is possible under the engine stop conditions)

⑤ Monitoring (machine status)

HX60A3CD137A

HX60A3CD138A

· The machine status such as the engine rpm, oil temperature, voltage and pressure etc. can
be checked by this menu.

⑥ Monitoring (switch status)

HX60A3CD137A

HX60A3CD140A

· The digital switch status of the machine can be checked by this menu.
· The activated switch will display in blue color.

4-22
⑦ Monitoring (output status)

HX60A3CD137A

HX60A3CD142A

· The digital output status of the machine can be checked by this menu.
· The digital output status will display in blue color.

4-23
(3) Management
① Maintenance information

HX60A3CD158A

HX60A3CD199K HX60A3CD157A

· Elapsed time : Display the elapsed time after the maintenance.


· Change interval : The change intervals can be changed in hour increments of 50.
· Change history : Display the change history for the maintenance.
· Replacement : The elapsed time will be reset to zero (0).
· Change or replace interval
※ Refer to the operator's manual page 6-16.

② Option flow control


a. Option attach selection

HW60A3CD33OA

HW60A3CD41OA HW60A3CD42O

- Three kinds of option attachment can be selected by this menu.


ⓐ Rotary grapple (4-way)
ⓑ Grapple (2-way)
ⓒ Auger (2-way)

※ There are two user modes (type A or B) in each option attachment.

4-24
b. Proportional flow control setting
The preferable value of each option attachment can be set by this menu.
a) Rotary setting
· Select rotary
RCV, button and flow can be
set by this menu

HW60A3CD42O

HW60A3CD51OA

· RCV setting
- Enable set LH or RH RCV
for rotary operation.
- Select LH for rotary →
RH set for grapple automati-
HW60A3CD52OA cally

· Button setting (CW rotation)


- Select LH for CW rotation
→ RH set for CCW rotation
automatically

HW60A3CD53OA

· Flux setting
- Enable set from level 1 to
level 5.

HW60A3CD54OA

4-25
b) Grapple setting

· Select grapple
RCV, button and flow can be
set by this menu

HW60A3CD42O

HW60A3CD61OA

· RCV setting
- Enable set LH or RH RCV
for grapple operation.
- Select LH for grapple →
RH set for rotary automatic-
HW60A3CD62OA
ally

· Button setting (Close)


- Select RH for Close →
LH set for open automatica-
lly

HW60A3CD63OA

· Flow setting
- Enable set from level 1 to
level 5.

HW60A3CD72OA HW60A3CD64OA

· Flow setting value can be saved


by pressing change button.

HW60A3CD42O HW60A3CD71OA

※ Setting value saved once, it memorized in each icon and the last setting value is activated.
※ Saved setting can be used by pressing Icon button only.
※ There are two kinds (A and B) in each option attach setting and six kinds of option attach setting can be
saved totally (2 of 4-way, 4 of 2-way).

4-26
c) Confifirmation

HX60A3CD81OA

HW60A3CD71OA

87A3CD30

※ Symbol ( ) is activated on the low side of main screen when option attach function is used.
※ Previous setting value can be checked by following procedure.
- Menu > Management > option attach
a) Rotary setting
- Rotary RCV : LH
- Rotary flow level : 3
- CW rotation : LH
- CCW rotation : RH
b) Grapple setting
- Grapple RCV : RH
- Grapple flow level : 3
- Open : LH
- Close : RH

③ ESL mode setting

HX60A3CD148A

HX60A3CD149A HW60AH3CD150A

- ESL : Engine Starting Limit


- ESL mode is designed to be a theft deterrent or will prevent the unauthorized operation of the
machine.
- When you Enable the ESL mode, the password will be required when the starting switch is turned
to the on position.
- Disable : ESL function is disabled and password is not required to start engine.
Enable (always) : The password is required whenever the operator starts engine.
Interval : The password is required when the operator starts engine first. But the operator can
restart the engine within the interval time without inputting the password.
※ The interval time can be set to a maximum 4 hours.
※ Default password : 00000
Password length : 5~10 digits

4-27
Start Limit - Smart Key Setting (When smart key is installed)

Perform

Authentication Authentication
successful failed
- Smart Key Exclusive
When the Smart key option (optional) is installed, Smart key menu is shown, and performance or non-
performance of Smart key authentication can be set through the Smart key menu.
When the Smart key is not in the cabin, the approval procedure is rejected, and password must be
entered.

Start Limit - Tag Management

- The tag management menu is activated only when the Smart key menu is set through performance.
Tag can be registered or deleted.
· When registering the tag : Locate only the tag preferred for registration inside the cabin.
· When deleting the tag : All registered tags are deleted.

Engine Starting Condition


Case ESL Mode Smart Key Condition
- With registered tag : Engine can be started without password input.
1 Disable Disable
- Without registered tag : Engine can be started without password input.
If Smart Key is enabled, ESL Mode is automatically enabled.
2 Disable Enable
This Case 2 work the same as the Case 4.
- With registered tag : Engine can be started with password input.
3 Enable Disable
- Without registered tag : Engine can be started with password input.
- With registered tag : Engine can be started without password input.
4 Enable Enable
- Without registered tag : Engine can be started with password input.

4-28
④ Automatic engine shutdown

85A3CD208

85A3CD209 85A3CD210

87A3CD31

The automatic engine shutdown function can be set by this menu.


a. Once (one time)
· Automatic shutdown function set Once when key-on or engine operation condition.
- Key-off when the shutdown button clicks after pop-up the automatic stop icon.
- Shift automatic shutdown function to Disable when the cancel button clicks after pop-up the
automatic stop icon.
· Keep Disable for the automatic shutdown function when key-off after key-on again or start en-
gine.
b. Always (continuous use)
· Automatic shutdown function set Always when key-on or engine operation condition.
- Key-off when the shutdown button clicks after pop-up the automatic stop icon.
- Shift automatic shutdown function to Disable when when the cancel button clicks after pop-up
the automatic stop icon.
· Keep Always for the automatic shutdown function when key-off after key-on again or start en-
gine.
c. Disable
· Disable the engine automatic shutdown function.

4-28-1
⑤ Password change
- The password is 5~10 digits.

HX60A3CD151A

HX60A3CD149A HX60A3CD153A

Enter the current password Select the password change

HX60A3CD156A HX60A3CD155A HX60A3CD149A

Saved the new password in Enter the new password again Enter the new password
the MCU

⑥ Machine information

HX60A3CD160A

HX60A3CD161A HX60A3CD162A

· The information of the cluster, machine MCU and engine and machine checked by this menu.

⑦ A/S phone number

HX60A3CD163A

HX60A3CD164A HX60A3CD165A

· The A/S phone number can be checked and changed.

4-29
⑧ Cluster update

HX60A3CD169A

HX60A3CD149A HX60A3CD170A

Enter the user password Select the cluster update

· The cluster and CAN device can be updated by this menu.


※ Do not turn power off while updating.

a. Application update

HX60A3CD172A

HX60A3CD173A HX60A3CD174A

Select application item Select file to update Select OK

HX60A3CD176 HX60A3CD175A

Completed In process

b. System update

HX60A3CD177A

HX60A3CD173A HX60A3CD174A

Select system item Select file to update Select OK

HX60A3CD176 HX60A3CD175A

Completed In process

4-30
⑨ CAN update

HX60A3CD169A

HX60A3CD149A HX60A3CD179A

Enter the user password Enter the CAN password again

· The application program can be downloaded and updated by this menu.


※ Do not turn power off while updating.

a. Download

HX60A3CD180A

Select update device HX60A3CD181A HX60A3CD182A

Select download Select download after choose


update file

HX60A3CD185A HX60A3CD184A HX60A3CD183A

Stop download when select the Confirm download


cancel
b. Update

HX60A3CD186A

Select update after the HX60A3CD187A HX60A3CD188A

download. Confirm the update In process update

HX60A3CD190A HX60A3CD175A

Select the OK to update Completed update


another application program
4-31
⑩ Service menu

HX60A3CD165A

HX60A3CD144A HX60A3CD168A

Enter the manager password

· Power shift : Power shift mode (default/option can be set by this menu.
· Operating hours : Operating hours in individual modes since the machine line out can be
checked by this menu.
· Main gauge type : The engine rpm or fuel level gauge can be display on the main gauge of the
main screen by this menu.
· Display RPM : Display the numeric value of engine rpm on the main gauge of the main screen
can be set by this menu.
· AVCU setting : Standard, 2-Way or 4-Way dependent upon the machine options can be selected
by this menu.
· Adding language : The language displayed on the cluster can be update by this menu when it is
required to correct language.
※ This menu can be used only HCE service man. Do not attempt unauthorized adjustment.

4-32
(4) Display
① Clock adjust

HX60A3CD191A

HX60A3CD192A

· The first row of boxes indicate Year/Month/Day.


· The second row shows the current time. (AM, PM/0:00~12:59)

② Brightness

HX60A3CD193A

HX60A3CD194A HX60A3CD195A

Manual (1st~10th step)

HX60A3CD197A HX60A3CD196A
Auto (day/night) Auto (day time)

· If "Auto" is chosen, brightness for day and night can be set accordingly. Also, users can define
which day time interval. (Set day starting time and ending time)

4-33
③ Unit set

HX60A3CD198A

HX60A3CD199A

- Metric units : Units change to metric units.


- US units : Units change to U.S. units
- User setting : Units change to user setting units

Item Metric units U.S. units User setting


Temperature ˚C ˚F ˚C, ˚F
Distance km mile km, mile
Pressure bar Mpa bar, Mpa, kgf/cm2, psi
Flow lpm gpm lpm, gpm
Volume l gal l, gal

④ Language selection

HX60A3CD200A

HX60A3CD201A

· User can select preferable language (22 languages) and all displays are changed the selected
language.

4-34
(5) Utilities
① Entertainment

HX60A3CD70A

HX60A3CD208A
HX60A3CD209A

· Play MP4 or codec file of external hard disk through USB port.
· The USB port is located left side of the cluster.
· Over 1100 engine rpm, the screen turns into the operation screen with MP4 or codec file playing
for the safety. The video is played again when the engine revolution is 1100 rpm or less.
The video play is prohibited for the safety reason when the machine is operated.

② Camera setting (only type A)

HX60A3CD202A

HX60A3CD203A

· Three cameras can be installed on the machine and display order can be set by this menu.
※ If the camera is not equipped, this menu is not useful.
· Turning the select switch in clockwise direction, the next ordered will be shown and in counter-
clockwise direction, the previously ordered will be shown. Also, the camera channel can be
changed by touching the screen.
· Display change to reduction size or display is not visible by pushing the select switch or touch
the screen.
(display reduction size → hiding → display)

HX60A3CD204

· The camera display is terminated by pressing the ESC switch or touch the X icon on the screen.

4-35
Rear / RH view camera UI setting (Option)

1) Camera control switch


- Select the CAM switch to activate Rear / RH view camera from the beginning screen.
- While in that mode, select the ESC switch to return to the home screen.

65A3CD32

2) Cam image control (CIC) mode


- Touch ⓐ(Rear), ⓑ(RH) button on screen to set single-view camera mode.
- Touch ⓒ(2CH-split-view) button to set split-view camera mode.

(Rear)

(RH)

(2CH Split-view) Rear / RH view option

3) Split-view Camera order setting


- Touch ⓓ (camera setting) button to set split-view camera order.

- You can change spilt-view camera order on display order menu.

4-36
■ AAVM (Advanced-around view monitoring, Option)

1) AAVM Control button


- Select the CAM switch to activate AAVM control mode from the beginning screen.
- While in that mode, select the ESC switch to return to the home screen.

65A3CD32

2) Buzzer Stop Button


- In AAVM control mode, it detects nearby pedestrians or moving objects when the
equipment is waiting for work.
- The driver can stop the beeping with the Buzzer stop button.

3) iMODE (intelligent Moving Object Detection) Function


· The iMOD function, which detects pedestrians and moving objects around the equip-
ment, is a function that warns of danger by comprehensively analyzing the cameras
installed in the equipment.
· When a dangerous objects are detected through the analyzed image, an alarm is pro-
vided through the cluster to prevent accidents in advance. It is a state-of-the-art safety
assistance system.
※ However, the iMOD function is limited in the following situations.
- If the main cluster scteen is not in AAVM control mode
- When the target is too far away or stationary
- When the equipment is driving and swinging
- If you are operating a RCV lever
- When the equipmen's enging is going th running
- When two or more cameras malfuntions are diagrnosed

· In individual camera mode, when a pe-


destrians or moving objects are detected
outside the green line located in the center
of the camera screen, a short beep sounds
and the detection result of the pedestrians
or moving object is displayed in a green
square box.
In this case, the driver must check the de-
65A3CD66 tected object and work with safety in mind.
You can slience the beep by pressing the
Buzzer Stop Button

4-36-1
· In individual camera mode, when pedestri-
ans or moving objects are detected inside the
green line located in the center of the camera
screen, it changes to a red line.
At this time, a continuous warning sound is
sounded and the detection result of pedestri-
ons or moving objects are displayed in a red
square box.
65A3CD67 In this case, the driver must immediately stop
the work and work after confirming that the
safety risk factors are resolved. You can silence
the beep by pressing the Buzzer Stop Button.

· When a pedestrians or moving objects are


detected in the composite camera mode, the
direction of the detected ocjects are indicated
by green arrows or red arrows for the detection
result of the objects in the equipment modeling
located in the center of the screen.
In this case, the driver can check the detected
objects in individual Camera mode. You can
silence the beep by pressing the Buzzer Stop
65A3CD65
Button.

※ Mini gauge : This displays fuel level and rpm.

The mini gauge is turned ON or OFF.

The beep is turned ON or OFF.

65A3CD68

4-36-2
③ Clinometer setting (only type A)

HX60A3CD210A

HX60A3CD211A

· When the machine is on the flatland, if you touch ''initialization'' on cluster, the values of X, Y will
reset to ''O''.
· You can confirm tilt of machine in cluster's operating screen.

④ Manual

HX60A3CD212A

HX60A3CD213A

· Manual of the cluster can be read on the monitor.

⑤ Emergency mode

HX60A3CD205A

HX60A3CD206A

· When switches of the monitor and the accel dial fails, switches are displayed on LCD, and you
are allowed to perform operation by touching the screen.
· Such operation is allowed only on this mode screen.

⑥ Rear warning settings

63AH3CD205

63AH3CD206 63AH3CD207

· The rear warning range (disable/short/medium/large) and exterior aural warning can be set.
※ Rader range : short (6 m × 6 m), medium (8 m × 8 m), large (10 m × 10 m)

4-37
⑦ Quick Cooling Mode

HW60AH3CD205A

HW60AH3CD206A

· While the machine is stopped and discontinued with operation, engine can be operated in maxi-
mum RPM for maximum rotation of the radiator fan. (Max. for 5 minutes)
- Setting : When the machine is stopped, the safety knob is lowered to set the quick cooling mode
in the locked state
- Release : Released when the operating time exceeds 5 minutes, when the safety knob is cleared,
and when the quick cooling mode release button is pressed

4-37-1
2) ACCEL DIAL
(1) There are 10 dial setting.
(2) Setting 1 is low idle and setting 10 is high idle.
Increase
By rotating the accel dial to right : Engine speed increased.
By rotating the accel dial to left : Engine speed decreased.

Decrease

HX603CD04A

3) HEAD LIGHT SWITCH


(1) This switch is used to operate the head light.
Press the switch once, the head light comes ON and the pilot lamp
ON.
Press the switch once more, the head light and pilot lamp turn off.

555C93CD80

4) WORK LIGHT
(1) This switch is used to operate the work light.
Press the switch once, the work light comes ON and the pilot lamp
ON.
Press the switch once more, the work light and pilot lamp turn off.

555C93CD80A

5) FORWARD TRAVEL ALARM SELECTION SWITCH


(1) Warning sound on forward travel of the machine can be selected.
(ON/OFF)
Alarm is not sounded during forward travel when the switch is pressed
forward.

HW60CD13A

6) CAB LIGHT SWITCH


(1) This switch turns on the cab light on the cab.
B
A
C

555C93CD83A

4-39
7) BEACON SWITCH (opt)
(1) This switch turns ON the rotary light on the cab.
(2) The below indicator lamp is turned ON when operating this switch.

555C93CD30

8) BREAKER SELECTION SWITCH (opt)


(1) This switch is used to operate breaker.
The breaker operates only when this switch is pressed.

555C93CD37

9) QUICK COUPLER SWITCH (opt)


(1) This switch is used to engage or disengage the moving hook on
Safety button
quick clamp.
Refer to the operator's manual page 8-10 for details.
Lock
Unlock
290F3CD04

10) AUTO-CRUISE SWITCH


(1) When selected, this switch allows the user to drive at high speed with
a constant pause at the speed selected by the uwer when selected.
R TO

E
IS
C U
A
U

(2) This switch is released when the brake pedal is pressed.

HW603CD12

4-40
11) AUTO RAM LOCK SWITCH
(1) This switch activate front axle oscillation cylinder to locking position
for increase of stability.
ਠON : Set front axle to locking position for excavation work or
N
O

travels even ground. Also, the ram lock pilot lamp comes
O
T
U
A
ON at the travel pilot lamp.
ਠAUTO : Set front axle to locking or unlocking as table.
HW603CD13

Select switch
(parking/working/ Ram lock Conditions
traveling)
Parking (P) Locking · Always
Traveling (T) Unlocking · Always
· FNR lever in neutral position
Locking
· Service brake pedal is depressed.
· FNR lever in forward/reverse position and
Working (W)
service brake pedal is not depressed.
Unlocking
· 2 way pedal is equipped and service brake
pedal is not depressed.

12) DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Switch


(1) This switch is used to select the regeneration function on DPF.
Safety button
1 3 (2) Prohibit Switch ((೵
2
೵ When set to the prohibit position, the AUTO or manual DPF
regeneration is not allowed.
೶ It is used to prevent DPF regeneration when operating the machine
290F3CD06
in the environment that is dangerous in high temperature.
೷ This position is recommended for operation limited to only when it
becomes dangerous in high temperature.
೸ Even when the DPF regeneration switch is in “Prohibit” position,
initialization/forced regeneration can be requested according to the
condition, and the warning lamp can be turned ON or OFF.
ACK
: The DPF regeneration indicating lamp can be blinking on the
cluster.
: The DPF warning lamp may be turned ON or blinking.
(3) AUTO Position ೷
In this position, DPF regeneration is performed automatically.
(4) Manual Regeneration Position ((೶ ೶
೵ In this position, the machine is not used while the engine is in low-
speed idle run, and manual DPF regeneration is performed when
the DPF soot level is in the sufficient level to permit regeneration.
೶ While the DPF regeneration is performed, the HEST lamp is turned
ON.
※ For details, please refer to page 4-9.
※ The safety button must be pulled back to move to the manual
೶"
position ((೶"
In addition, it is returned to AUTO position when released from the
manual position ((g
4-41
13) HORN SWITCH
Horn switch (1) This switch is at the top of left side control lever.
On pressing, the horn sounds.

LH RCV lever

HX603CD21

14) MASTER SWITCH


(1) This switch is used to shut off the entire electrical system.
(2) I : The battery remains connected to the electrical system.
O : The battery is disconnected to the electrical system.
Never turn the master switch to O (OFF) with the engine running. It
could result in engine and electrical system damage.
OFF
35Z9A3CD36

4-42
15) LH RCV LEVER SWITCH

(1) Proportional type

2 The switches on the LH RCV lever is function as below.


1
4 ① CW rotating switch
3 When this switch is pressed, the boom swing or clockwise rotating
② will operate.
CCW rotating switch
When this switch is pressed, the boom swing or counterclockwise
③ rotating will operate.
Horn switch
5
140WA3CD621
④ When this switch is pressed, the horn will sound.
Ram lock switch
This switch activates only automatic mode.
When the control lever switch is pressed for 5 seconds, the front axle
is locked.
⑤ The indicator lamp lights up when this switch is activated.
Boom swing/rotating switch (opt)
This switch is used to operate boom swing or rotation (if equipped
rotating piping).
Switch and flow can be set on cluster.

16) RH RCV LEVER SWITCH


(1) Proportional type

2 The switches on the RH RCV lever is function as below.


1
4 ① 2-way clamp switch
3 When this switch is pressed, the clamp will only operate when the
crusher operation mode is selected.
② 2-way release switch
When this switch is pressed, the release or breaker will operate when
the crusher operation mode or breaker operation mode is selected.
5
③ Proportional type ON/OFF switch
130A3CD623
The 4-way operation is activated only by turning on the proportional
control ON/OFF switch located on the left control level.
④ Breaker
When this switch is pressed, the breaker will only operate when the
breaker operation mode is selected.
⑤ None

4-43
17) RH MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH
(1) FNR lever
This lever changes travel direction of machine.
Forward
F : Machine moves forward
F N : Neutral position
II

N
I

R R : Machine moves backward


Travel direction will be reversed if lower structure is positioned with
Reverse dozer in front.
14W93CD47A
The warning buzzer sounds when the lever is in the reverse position.
If this lever is not in the neutral position, engine does not started.
Be sure to stop the machine when changing the direction forward or
backward while traveling.

(2) Travel speed switch


This switch is for selecting travelling speed between high and low.
Low speed
Low speed ( ) : 11.3 km/hr (7.0 mph), turtle mark
I

High speed ( ) : 30 km/hr (19.0 mph), rabbit mark


II

F
II

N
In case of changing the travel speed, be sure to stop the machine
I

completely.
High speed
14W93CD47B

18) LH MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH


(1) Direction indication lamp switch
This switch is used to warn or signal the turning direction of the
Right turning machine to other machines or equipment.
Push the lever to forward for turning right ( ), pull the lever to
IO J

backward for turning left ( ).


II

The turning pilot lamp comes ON at the travel pilot lamp on the
Left turning steering column.
14W93CD47C

(2) Dimmer switch


This switch is used to turn the head lights direction.
Up
Switch positions.
Up ( ) : To flash for passing
IO J

M Middle ( ) : Head lights low beam ON


II

Down ( ) : Head lights high beam ON


Down If you release the switch when it’s in up position, the switch will return
14W93CD47D
to middle.

4-44
(3) WIPER SWITCH
When the switch is in J position, the wiper moves intermittently.
J O I II
When placed in I or II position, the wiper moves continuously.
IO J
II

14W93CD47E

(4) WASHER SWITCH


If you push the grip of the lever, washer liquid will be sprayed and the
Washer switch wiper will be activated 2-3 times.
※ Check the quantity of washer liquid in the tank. If the level of the
washer liquid is LOW, add the washer liquid ( in cold, winter days) or
IO J

water. The capacity of tank is 1.5 liter.


II

14W93CD47F

(5) HORN SWITCH


This switch is at the end of left side multifunction switch. On pressing,
Horn switch the horn sounds.
IO J
II

14W93CD47G

4-45
19) SELECT SWITCH (parking / working / traveling)
(1) This switch is used to select the operation mode as below.
·Parking ( P ) : The parking brake is applied.
·Working (W) : The machine needs to be working.
·Traveling (T) : The machine needs to be traveling.

HW603CD50

20) HAZARD SWITCH


(1) Use for parking, or roading machine.
(2) LH and RH turn signal lamps come ON at the same time by this
switch.
If the switch is left ON for a long time, the battery may be discharged.

HW603CD14

21) TURNING PILOT LAMP


(1) Left turning pilot lamp
(1) This lamp flashes with sound when the LH multifunction switch is
move to backward position.

14W93CD54A

(2) Right turning pilot lamp


This lamp flashes with sound when the LH multifunction switch is
move to forward position.

14W93CD54B

4-46
·ELECTRICAL

GROUND
BREAKER SELECT SW
CAN H
CAN L

A4
A3
A2
A1

6.5V
GND
4
3
2
1
5
8
6
7

NTSC-
NTSC+
CN-264

REAR CAMERA
EARTH
REFER TO THE 20MN-95113-00

6
5
4
3
2
1

DESTINATION

DESTINATION
CN-249
CL-16A
CD-31 40 0.8V
0.75R 76E 2
SUPPLY A G9 0.8B

12V SOCKET
PWT POWER
Q/COUPLER BUZZER (-)
CAM GND
NC
START LIMIT(26, DO)

NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
START RY CONTACT
NC
NC
NC
NC
START RY COIL(-)
START RY COIL(+)
CAN_LO(2)
CAMERA 6.5V

CLUSTER GND
RAM LOCK SW_ON
SAFETY SOL(48, DO)
ECM_B+

OVERLOAD PS (to MCU)


HOUR METER

CAM 6.5V
CAN SH

NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NTSC -
NTSC +
FUEL FEED P/P FUSE
NC

RAM LOCK SW_OFF


MCU 24V
MCU(AUTO CRUISE)

ACEEL GND
ACCEL 5V
CAMERA GROUND

ACCEL SIG
OVERLOAD SENSOR (SIG)

ALT.
CAN_HI(2)
RAM LOCK SW_AUTO
MCU POWER IG
ECM_B+
GROUND
MULTI SW(HEAD Hi BEAM)
HEAD LAMP Lo

FUEL P/P FUSE


MULTI SW(HEAD Lo BEAM)

PARKING RY.
BOOM SWING SW (NC)
WIPER RY-

WIPER FUSE
STOP LAMP RY
ECU RELAY
BREAKER SELECT SWITCH
HORN RY-
MULTI SW (TURNcom)

AC COMP
WORK LAMP

START KEY SW-BR

NC
MULTI SW(HEAD Hi B+)

ILLUMINATION
STOP LAMP RY COIL
TRAVEL ALARM BZ (+)
REV RY
MULTI SW(HAED LAMP)

SAFETY SOL
BREAKE RY

FUSE POWER
AC FAN RY
AC FAN RY
INT WIPER RY(3)
MULTI SW(NEUTRAL)

HORN RY
MULTI SW(FWD)

START SIG.
INT WIPER RY(1)

NC
SOL FUSE
-SPK
NC
MULTI SW(REV)
HEAD LAMP Hi

PARKING RY.(+)

TRAVEL ALARM SELECT


FWD RY

ILLUMINATION
INT WIPER RY(6)
+SPK
1
REV.

0.75L 127 1

MASTER SW
FUSE BOX-IG
LAMP

GND
GND
sig B
0.75B 94H 2
CL-15A
RETURN

EPPR
C

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

12
11
10

36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
40B 0.8V

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
NO.
0.8 Y
0.8 B
2
1

0.8 R
2
1

NO.
0.8 W
2

A4
OVERLOAD PS G9 0.8B
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT (1/3)

1
REV.
LAMP

CD-2 1
0.8B 94
1 2 1.0LW

2
2

9
8
7
5
4
1
9
8
7
5
2

6
4
1
9
8
7
6
5
4

6
1

3
3
3

12
11
10

36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
0.8W

9
8
7
5
75

4
1
1

6
3
2

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
2
1
2

2
1
0.8Y

CN-4
CN-8

CN-1
6

6
5
4
3
2
1

CN-18
A3

CN-14
CN-13
FUEL SENDOR CL-16
TU

CD-10 0.8V
4 TU

CN-249A
EPPR EPPR
0.8B 94A 1
0.8G

0.8L
2.0R
TA

0.8 Y
0.8 B
Pa

0.8 R

0.8L
3

2.0R
0.8Gr

1.0V
0.8Y
0.8 W

0.8B
0.75L

0.8B
0.5B
0.5R

0.8G
0.8L

1.2YW
0.8L

1.0Br
0.8Br
0.8Y

1.0V
0.8V
0.8Y
1.0V
1.0Y

0.8Gr
1.2R
0.8R

0.8G
0.8G

0.75R
0.8Y
0.8Br
0.8Br

0.75W
0.8Gr
1.2Gr
0.8Or

0.75Or
0.8LW 71

0.8LW

0.75RW
0.75B

0.75YL
2

0.75LW
0.8OrW
0.8RW

1.0LW

0.8YW
1.0LW

1.0L

1.2BrW
0.75L
0.75Y
0.75G
0.75W
0.75Br

1.0VW
0.75Gr
BK

8B G2
8B G1

0.75LW
CLAMP RELEASE ROTATE L

0.8 Y
0.8 B
8W 116
2

8R 115

0.8 R
0.75GW
0.75BrW

0.8 W
0.8B
LAMP RH

TA

AIR CLEANER SW 1 EH

A2
GROUP 3 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT

REAR COMBI

1
52
50
49
48
46
45
43
42
24
41
44
40
39
38
37
35
34
33
32
31
29
28
27
26

19
18
17
15
14
13
11
10

72
70
65
64
CD-1
VARISTOR(VS-2)

264
1

119
123
G12
G11
0.8YW 0.8Y

6
2
1
84

57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
3

127
126
2

2493
2491
2492
2494
2
0.8B 0.8L
94B

EPPR
1 4

2494
2493
2492
2491
A1
HYD OIL TEMP

ROTATE R
OR BREAKER OR B.SWING LH OR B.SWING RH

EARTH1

EARTH2
3 2B

CD-4
1.0Y 26
SUPPLY A
2B G81
RETURN B
0.8Y 43
sig C

STOP LAMP
CN-145
M
1.2YW 6
1
0.8B G91
2

2 1.2YW 6A

FEED P/P
1 0.8B G92

FUEL DO-2
G7 1.2B
3 E
3 2B
59A 0.8VW
2 Hi
54 0.8L
1 Lo
CL-3
G8 1.2B

2
1
3 E

DO-3

2
1
59B 0.8VW

DO-3
2 Hi
54A 0.8L
1 Lo

0.8Br
0.8Gr
0.8Gr
CL-4

0.8LW
HEAD LAMP HEAD LAMP

CN-51

70
57
CL-21B
1.2Br 65
TRAVEL SPEED SOL(DO) 1 48B 0.8G 1 1
0.75B G
Q/COUPLER SOL (DO) 2 G3 1.2B

69
61
2 2
LAMP

68 0.75G
NC
PLATE

3 CL-21A
CL-21
NUMBER

Q/COUPLER SW (DI) 4
0.75WR 525
SEAT BELT ALARM 5
0.8L 67
TRAVEL HI SLECT SIG(DI) 6 48A 0.8G
0.8Y 68 3 T
TRAVEL Lo SLECT SIG(DI) 7 118 0.8RW
0.8Gr 69 2 C
TRAVEL NEUTRAL SLECT SIG(DI) 8
REFER TO THE '21MN-02120'

G6 1.2B
LAMP LH

0.8Br 70 1 E
TRAVEL FWD SLECT SIG(DI) 9
NC 10
CL-24
FRONT COMBI

0.8LW 71
AIR CLEANER SW(DI) 11 TU 0.8V
4 TU
NC 12 BU 0.8G
0.8YW 3 TA
20
AUTO CRUISE SELECT SIG(DI) 13 1.0LW
0.8L 2 BK
49
0.8B
LAMP LH

ILLUMINATION SIG(DI) 14 EH
0.8G 72 1 EH
BRAKE PS Lo(AI) 15
0.8Y CL-15
REAR COMBI

73
WOKIG PS SENSOR(AI) 16
0.8Or 74
ACCEL DIAL SIG(AI) 17
0.8W 75
FUEL SENDER(AI) 18 49B 0.8L
0.8R 76 3 T
12V POWER OUTPUT 19 114A 0.8V
0.8Y 77 2 C
ALT. LEVEL(AI) 20 G4 1.2B
1 E
NC 21
0.8Br 10
LAMP RH
FRONT COMBI

BATTERY POWER 22 CL-25


0.8Gr 11
POWER IG 23 CL-21B
0.8VW 78
CRUISE SOL(DO) 24 48B 0.8G 1 1
0.8V 79 0.75B G
RAMLOCK SOL. 25 G3 1.2B 2 2
0.75YL 264
LAMP

0.75G 68
START LIMIT(DO)
PLATE

26 CL-21A
CL-21
NUMBER

NC 27
Q/C DISENGAGE (DI) 28

DO-16
2
1
0.8OrW 13
RAMLOCK SW_OFF(DI) 29
0.8Y 14
RAMLOCK SW_ON(DI) 30
REFER TO THE '21MN-02120'

0.8L 15
RAMLOCK SW_AUTO(DI) 31 CN-66P
0.8LW 80
MODE_PARKING(DI) 32 2
0.8Gr 81 G132 0.75B
MODE_WORKING(DI) 33 1
0.8Br 82 210 0.75VW
MODE_TRAVEL(DI) 34
0.75GY 351 DO-20
JOSTICK RAM LOCK(DI) 35
0.75Br 36 2
SAFETY LEVER DECEL(DI) 36
SELECT SOL

0.8VW 59 CN-7 1
HIGH BEAM SIG(DI) 37 36 0.75Br

MCU
0.8Y 1 SAFETY SIGNAL (MCU INPUT)
BOOM UP AI (ECHO)
2WAY / BREAKER

38 110 0.8G
0.8L 83 2 GND
WORKING BRAKE SENSOR(AI)
39
3 PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL (ECU INPUT)
POTENTIOMETER SIG(AI) 40
0.8YW 84 4 ECU POWER (12V)
HYD. TEMP SENSOR(AI) 41
0.8BW 85 5 SAFETY SOL RY OUTPUT (12V)
5V POWER OUTPUT 42 27A 0.8Or
0.75RW 229 6 HORN
PUMP EPPR (+) 43
7 BREAKER SOL OR B.SWING ROTATE SELECT (DO,12V)
NC 44
8 2-WAY/BREAKER SELECT (DO, 12V)
NC 45 G41 0.8B
1.2B G21 9 GND
MAIN GND 46 351 0.75GY
1.2B G22 10 RAMLOCK (RCV to MCU)
MAIN GND 47
0.8BW 86 11 Q/C DISENGAGE
SAFETY SOL(DO) 48
12
NC 49
13
NC 50
0.8Gr 2 14
HOUR METER OUTPUT 51
0.8Y 87 15
PROGRAM DUMP(DI) 52 525 0.75WR
0.8G 64 16 SEAT BELT SIGNAL (MCU INPUT)
GND COM 53
NC 54 REFER TO THE 20MN-99101-00
NC 55
0.8R 88 CN-7A CS-67
RS232_RX(1) 56
0.8G 89 0.8
RS232_TX(1) 57 1 10
0.5B 18 0.8 9 10
J1939 CAN_Lo(2)C 58 2 9
0.5R 17
J1939 CAN_Hi(2) 59 3 28A 0.75V 8
0.8R 90 6
J1939 CAN_Lo(1)E 60 4 15A 0.75Y 7
0.8Br 91 0.8 5
J1939 CAN_Hi(1) 61 5 6 4
0.8
P1 PUMP PS (AI) 62 6 G1A 0.75B 5 3
SOL POWER

0.8RW 92 0.8 2
TRAVEL FWD SENSOR(AI) 63 7 14 0.75Gr 4 1
0.8
OVER LOAD SIG (AI) 64 8 3
0.8
QUICK COUPLER

NC 65 9 G1B 2 8
0.75B
7
0.8B 94
GND_SENSOR 66 10 15 0.75Y 1
0.75BW 228 2.0
PUMP EPPR (-) 67 11
2.0
NC 68 12
NC 69
B
R

NC 70

CN-126
0.8G
2A
2A

64A
1
0.8R

0.75BW
0.75RW
88
2
0.8G 89
1
2

RS232
CONN.
0.8Y 87
CN-139

CD-32
0.8R 76

228
229
SUPPLY A CS-100
0.8L 83 1
sig B REGEN 0.75Y 18
0.8B 94C 12V 2 7 8
DPF

RETURN C
SOCKET ECM B+ 0.75R 19
3
CD-38 INHIBIT 0.75LW 20
0.8R 76A 4 1
SUPPLY A 2
0.8L 83 5 3
sig B
0.8B 94D

BRAKE
1
2
6 4
RETURN C 5
7 6
CN-75

CD-3 8
0.8R 76B

4-47
SUPPLY A 9
0.8G 72 9 10
sig B 10
0.8B 94E
RETURN C

CD-7 CS-52
0.8R 76C
SUPPLY A 1
0.8Y 73
sig B 2
0.8B 94F 0.75G 21
RETURN C 3
0.75Gr 23 1

BRAKE FAIL PRESS(A)


4

BOOM UP PS WORKING WORKING WORKING


2
CD-73 0.75V 28 3
5
0.8R 76D 1.0Or 22C
SUPPLY A 6 5
4
0.8RW 92 6
sig B 7
0.8B 94G 0.75B G1C
RETURN C 8

FWD PS
3 2B 0.75V 28 7 8
9
TRAVEL ALARM SELECT

10

EARTH2
G46 1.0B
1
CN-16 28A 1.0V
2
113 0.8B 0.8B 94H
1 CN-20
112 0.8Br 0.8Or 74 G47 1.0B
HORN

2 1
111 0.8VW 0.8Gr 85 28 1.0V
3 2
B
A

4 CN-25
CD-42

5
P1 PUMP
sig

6 PRESSURE CN-12 CL-5


SUPPLY

C RETURN

G48 1.2B 1 B
1 1
63 0.8L 2 RL
GND

NC
12V+

NC
CAN_H
CAN_L
2 2
CAN_H (Vehicle)
GND

CAN_L (Develope)
12V+

CAN_H (Develope)
CAN_L (Vehicle)

6
5
CL-5
4
3
2
1

1.25B
CN-148

1
6
5
4
3
2
1

1.25R
WORK LAMP

SERVICE TOOL (MCU)


2
SERVICE TOOL (ECU)
CN-542

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

EARTH2
0.75V
0.75B

0.75G
0.75Gr

0.75YB
0.75GR

CN-29
400

18B
11A

17B

46 1.2BrW
2 Pa
119 0.8BrW
400
11B

402
401
90A
91A

1
R/DRYER

ECU
CN-140
101 0.8B
1
CYL. 5 CN-94 31E 0.8Gr
DPF 2
TEMP. SENSOR
2-71 0.75R 183
SIG 1-47 4 1
2-94 t
CYL. 2 GND 0.75GB 184 2 CN-22
1-50 5 V
50 0.8Y
2 M
2-45 33 0.8G
2-24 1
DPF DOUBLE
CYL. 3 PRESSURE SENSOR
0.75RW 185
QUICK COUPLER SOL WASHER P/P

1-42 1
2-43 5V+ 1 V
0.75YB 186 3 CN-61
1-16
INTER CONN.3

2-22 SIG 3 G102 2B


0.75BW 187 M
CYL. 1 GND 1-15 2
2 120 2LW
P
2-85
2-64
FUEL PUMP

FUEL METERING CD-158A


0.75RY 188
2-06 5V+ 1-79 2 5V+
0.75GOr 189
2-07 AIR TEMP 1-76 4 AIR TEMP
0.75LB 190
AIR MASS 1-86 1 AIR MASS
0.75BY 191 CN-66
GND 1-87 3 GND 30 0.8Gr
MAF Sensor

2
G103 0.8B
1
TURBINE INLET
PRESSURE SENSOR
BREAKER SOL

0.8BrW 119
Vs 2-18 4
V Vp 2-96
FUEL FILTER
GND TEMP. SENSOR
P 0.75BrG 192 1
1-28 2 t
0.75YL 193 2
1-32 1 V
44
40
39
78

BOOST PRESSURE
31D

G45
G44
G43

2-93 0.85YG 0.75V 403


27
62
55
53
56
60
58
67
68

PREHEAT RELAY 3
82
80
81
38
37
48
35
34
32

TEMP SENSOR
57A
61A
G61

33A
32A

G64
G63
G62

118B
114B

Vs 2-38
AEX 3SQ

0.8B
0.8B
0.8B

0.8Gr
0.8Gr

0.75B

V
0.8LW

Vp
0.8RW

2-101
GND
INTER CONN.2
2-95
0.8L

0.8L
0.8Y
0.8B
0.8Y

0.8B
0.8B
0.8V
0.8V
0.8Y

Vt
0.8G

0.8B

0.8R
0.8R

WIF
0.8G
0.8G
0.8W

2-61
0.8Br

1
0.8Br
0.8Br

2
0.8Gr

0.8Or

0.8Gr

1
1

P/T
2
0.8RV
0.8LW

0.8LW
0.8GW

2
1
0.8BrW

SENSOR
WIF 1-44 0.75LgR 194 1
CN-81
CN-122
CN-246

CN-123

RAIL PRESSURE RETURN 1-48 0.75LgB 195 2


CN-100
2
2
2

5
5
5

4
1
4
1
4
1

8
7
6
9
8
7
6
9
8
7
6

3
3
3

10
12
10
11

SENSOR
CN-98
CN-97

CN-99

2-42
CD-45
SOL

2-62 CAN H 1-30 0.75V 91B


NEXT DRAWING
BZ

CAN A
2-63 CAN L Vehicle 1-31 0.75G 90B
CRUISE
AEX 3SQ

REV.SOL
FWD SOL

CS-16
TRAVEL

26A 1.0Y
2

CAN H 1-81 0.75YB 401


CAN B 120 2LW
1

CAN L 1-80 0.75GR 402


Develop.
TVA ACTUATOR
FUEL PUMP SW

MOTOR 6 2-08
2 2-09
GND 1-02 2.0B G71
SENSOR
1 2-16 GND 2.0B G72
1-04
5 2-98 GND 2.0B G73
1-06
3 2-97

EGR ACTUATOR
MOTOR 6 2-67
2 2-88

SENSOR
1 KEY SWITCH(ON) 1-75 0.75R 41A
2-40
5 2-79 ECU RELAY 1 1-88 0.75B 24
3 2-78 ECU POWER 1-01 2.0RB 1A
ECU POWER 1-03 2.0RB 1B
ECU POWER 1-05 2.0RB 1C
OIL PRESSURE
SENSOR
Vs 2-14
V Vp 2-36
77
41

GND 2-35
G106

1.5B

P
0.75Y

1.5B
1.2R
0.8B

COOLANT TEMP.
TEMP SENSOR
1 2-100
t
2 2-99
1
2

V
TV-01

TURBINE INLET
Parking Brake Switch 1-35 0.75Br 36A
6

TEMP SENSOR
1 2-59
CR-1

t
TV-02

2 2-33 0.75LW 65
INTER CONN.2

V START RELAY LOW 1-55


86
65
31
45
79
1
2

110
BATT RY

31A
31B

START RELAY HIGH 1.0V 64


5

1-72
DO-4

8R 123
125
G50

CAM SHAFT
G51
178A

178B

15W 122A
INTER CONN.2

SPEED SENSOR
0.8G

125
0.8Br
0.8Gr
0.8Gr
0.8Gr
70

300 1.5R
0.8BW
0.8YW
0.8VW
125
115

1.0V 52
G105

Pulse 2-37 START SIG 1-84


301 1.5R
2.0B

2.0B
2.0R

2.0R

60.0R

2-52
178

200

REGEN SW 0.75Y 142


122
115

1-11
123
116

1
123A
122A

2-51
15.0R
1

1
2

27
2

S
200
117

2
403

127
1
1

2
2

77A

INHIBIT SW 0.75R 144


200A

1-10
127A
60R

B
CN-69

CN-71

CN-70

CN-68
INTER CONN.1
2R

2
2W

0.8B
0.8W

CRANK L B(BATT)
CN-41B
CN-41A

SPEED SENSOR
8W

8R
8R
8W

5R
5W

1 2-20
5.0L

0.75R
0.75V
5.0R

1.0Y
5.0R
5.0R

1.0R

V
1.0Gr
1.0Gr

S
SOL

2
12V 2.7kW
SOL

SOL

2-21
SOL.

STARTER
2
1
2
1

IG
(300516-00034A)
BATTERY

2-57
86
30

85
87
CN-60
CN-95

S
TRAVEL

SAFETY

(Bi-metal)
86
30

85

(Bi-metal)
87
2
2

1
1

60B

60B
PARKING
CR-23

70A
1
RAMLOCK

2
"B" TERM.

1
2
CR-24

70A
L
CN-62
CN-96

87
30

DO-1

RS-1

(Ãʱâ PEAK 47.8A, RATEAD 13.25A)


F
87
30
TO:STARTER

(NO LOAD 200A, ROAD 7.5V 600A, STALL CURRENT 1600A) E


80A

START RY
60A

85
86

FUEL HEATER 1

FUEL HEATER 2
85
86

RESISTOR
60A
50A

E
AIR-HEATER RY

ALTERNATOR
INTER CONNECTOR 1

GLOW PLUG
(300901-00100,90A) (300622-00002B x 4EA)
(21K6-03270)
MAXI FUSE

20MN-99203-00
·ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT (2/3)
- MACHINE SERIAL NO. : -#00082

ROTATING SELECT

BOOM SWING /
BOOM SWING

QUICK COUPLER
PROPORTIONAL
CN-306(Black) CN-305(Gray)

DISENGAGE
ROTATING
RAM LOCK

BREAKER
ON/OFF
NEW MP3 RADIO

SOL-B.SWING SELECT / BREAKER

2-WAY /

ANTENNA POW
CLAMP
SOL-2WAY BREAKER(SELECT)
HORN

ANT 12V
ILL-

ILL+
ACC

GND
NC
SPK FRT RH-
SPK FRT LH-

NC
SPK FRT RH+

REMOCON GND
SPK FRT LH+
NC
TEL MUTE

BACK UP+

REMOCON+
RE.174257-2

EPPR ROTATE / B.SWING R


EPPR RELEASE / BREAKER

EPPR ROTATE / B.SWING L

CN-157
B.SWING 4WAY SELECT R
B.SWING 4WAY SELECT L

PROPORTIONAL ON/OFF
P. 174259-2 GUN
GUN OVERLOAD SW CN-19

SW-BREAKER(PANEL)
SW-BREAKER(LEVER)
RAMLOCK SW CN-404
RCV LH SW2 SW1 SW3 SW4 SAFETY SW SW2 SW1 SW3 SW4 RCV RH CRUISE SW 262 0.75YW 262 0.75YW
6 1 1

10
CN240B CN240A CN240C CN240 4 LVDS POS

8+
3 1

1
8

4
3

6
CN241B CN241A CN241C CN241

10
264 0.75BW 264 0.75BW

4
6
1
3
8
2 2 WIPER MOTOR

SIG_INPUT RH
SENSOR_GND
SIG_INPUT LH

POS 1
2

POS 3
2 GND

CN-27
EPPR CLAMP
1 1 WIPER RY

PROPORTIONAL
PROPORTIONAL
2

2
12V POWER
12V POWER

12V POWER
263 0.75Br

5V OUTPUT
263 0.75Br

SW-SAFTY
REV FWD ACCEL DIAL TRAVEL ALARM 3 3 LVDS NEG

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9
4 4 INT WIPER RY FLASHER CL-7 260 0.75RW 260 0.75RW

CAN_H
CAN_L
3 3 UNIT 1 Or 4 4 POWER 24V

87a 87 85
CN-241
RETURN

RETURN

30 86

7-
CN-240

SIG

CS-104
SIG

3
GND

1
3
Gr

5V

Gr
USB CHARGER 7 261

CS-4A
2 5 2 0.75GrW

CS-50
5V

9
69D 0.8VW
NC
NC

87a 87 85

87a 87 85

87a 87 85
30 86

30 86

30 86
G3 B M 5

7
CS-4
NC

9
M
5

5
CS-23
210 0.75L

10
1

CN-247

8
3

9
1
2

5
6
10
261 0.75GrW

G
1
2

1
2

8
3

9
3

7
1
2

5
6
6

2
1

0.8VW
1

1
1
2
3

1
2
3
2

2
6 ADJUST SIGNAL

0.8W

10
0.8G

0.8G
0.8R
0.8B

0.8Y

0.8V

0.8B

8
3

9
1
2

5
6
212

CN-21
BEACON LAMP 0.75BW

12
11

10

4 Lo

1 Pf
2 E
3 B
6
8
4

3
7
2

9
1

CN-142
CR-6

CR-4
7

11
12

S
10
4
3

+
2
1
9
8
6
7

E
B
87a

CR-11

CR-30
L

CR-93
0.75GW 4

CR-29
0.75LW 2
LEFT VIEW CAMERA

0.75G 27

0.75G 27
0.75V 26

0.75V 26
211

0.75Or 3

30
0.75Y

86

85
87
0.75Y 1

0.75WY
3
4

2
CL-1

87a

87a

87a

0.75Or
8

0.75OrW 12
0.75B G1G

0.75WR 42
0.75B G1F

0.75Y

0.75B
0.75Y
0.75RY 44

0.75R 40B

0.75R 40A

30

30
0.75B 39B
0.75B G1K

86

86
85

85

30
86
0.75YR 43

0.75RY 45

87

87

85
0.75Lg 46
0.75B 39A

1
3

87

1.2Br
2

C
0.75W 41

0.75W 91

0.75W 91
0.75B G2
A
B
0.75L 12
0.75R 40
0.75L 8A

0.75Y 13
1
208

0.75L 14
0.75R

0.75Br 5
+ - G2 B

0.75L 8
9

0.75LW 94

0.75LW 94
1

0.75GW 3

1.0W 31C
0.75B G2

0.75B G1
209 0.75Br

1.25R
1.25B
3 R

0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85

0.85

0.85

0.85

1
2
3
4
10

52A

G32
G31
2

69

0.8Y
51

0.8Y
17

35

53

16

0.75GW
0.8Y

0.75VW
GW

0.8BrW
YOr

LW

0.75G
0.8RW
Gr

Or

G20
0.8 Br
0.8 Br

0.8 Br
0.8 Br

0.8 Br
G

0.8Gr
0.8Gr

0.8Gr
0.8B

0.8Y

31D
0.75L

0.8W
0.8Br
0.8L

151

152
51D 1.0R
ROOM LAMP

150

152
HARNESS CABIN

G57 0.8B

0.8B
G59 0.8B
54C 0.8Y

GW
G
CN-6

54B

54A
GW

GW
GW

GW

GW
GW
G4

G36

105
105
54

103

43
61
105
105

G56
53B
44
62
64

30
31
105

112
1

19
20
21

CN-402
2
3 CL-9

1
2
5
4
3
6
G1 B
4 1
108 1.0RW Or 1 3 ROr
5 2
G41 0.8B B G1
AUTO 6
105 0.8LW R 2 CL-9
7
114 0.8BW ROr 3 G1 B
8 1
3 ROr
9 2

L
0.75WR 10

Or
W
CABIN LIGHT

REFER TO THE 20MN-99200-00


2 2

V
B

G
L

Y
0.75L 8B 10

B 2A
R 2A
CN-264
1 1 11 R
1
REFER TO THE 20MN-99200-00

8
7
6
CS-250 12 G SPEAKER LH
CN-7

CN-139
78 0.75R 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6

9
7

8
SEAT BELT SW 13
79 0.75G CN-23

CLAMP

BREAKER OR
RELEASE

B.SWING LH OR
ROTATING CCW

B.SWING RH OR
ROTATING CW

CAN L
CAN H
GND

BREAKER SELECT SWITCH

2
1
14
ECU POWER (12V)

BREAKER SOL OR
B.SWING ROTATE SELECT
HORN

2-WAY/BREAKER SELECT
(DO, 12V)
SEAT BELT SIGNAL (MCU INPUT)

GND
80 0.75YW
RAM LOCK (MCU DI)
Q/C DISENGAGE

PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL (ECU INPUT)


SAFETY SIGNAL (MCU INPUT)
GND

SAFETY SOL RY OUTPUT (12V)

YW

CS-26A
15 1

CN-307
81 0.75L L SPEAKER RH
16 2

2
1
3
2
1
CN-24
Service Tool FOOT 12V
PEDAL CR-45
SOCKET
87a 30 86
G19 0.85B
85
1 3.0G
CR-78 87
155A 3.0Gr
86 30 87a 86
0.8R 97 155 3.0Gr 87a 87 85
85 30
0.8GW 66
87
0.8W 60 ECU MAIN POWER
85 87 87a
86 CN-9 NO. DESTINATION
2W 60A 12 1.0Gr
30 1 1 IG POWER 12V
2491 0.75w
HEAD LAMP POWER 2 2 DIFF_H(OUT)
2493 0.75Y
3 3 DIFF_L(OUT)
CR-14 DO-18 18 0.75Or
4 CAN Hi
4
87a 19 0.75L
86 30 2 5 5 CAN Lo
0.8B G27
85 6 CAN_SH
0.8VW 63 1 6
EARTH2 1.0B
87 7 GND
0.8Br 57 DO-19 7
86 2 8 NC
85 87 87a 0.8W 60B 8
30 9 NC
1 9
HEAD LAMP HI DO-17 10 10 NC
CR-13 2
86 30 87a 1 CN-8
0.8B G28 52 1.0Br
85 1 1 MULTI SW(HEAD Hi BEAM)
0.8L 58 53 1.0Br
87 2 2 HEAD LAMP Lo
0.8G 59 54 1.0G
86 3 3 MULTI SW(HEAD Lo BEAM)
85 87 87a 0.8W 60C 55 1.0W
30 4 4 MULTI SW(HEAD Hi B+)
56 0.75Gr
HEAD LAMP LO 5 5 MULTI SW(FWD)
57 0.75BrW
6 6 MULTI SW(REV)
CR-3 58 1.0VW
7 7 HEAD LAMP Hi
59 0.75Y
86 30 87a 8 8 MULTI SW (TURNcom)
0.8G 98 130 130LW
85 9 9 MULTI SW(NEUTRAL)
1.25L 67 61 1.0GW
87 10 10 MULTI SW(HAED LAMP)
0.8L 99 62 1.0L
86 11 11 WORK LAMP
85 87 87a 1.25R 99
30 12 12 NC

WORK LAMP

CR-2
86 30 87a CN-4
0.8Or 28 27 1.0Y
85 1 1 FUEL P/P FUSE
1.0V 29 28 0.8Or
87 2 2 HORN RY-
1.0R 51C 29 1.0V
86 3 3 HORN RY
85 87 87a 1.0R 51B 30 0.8Br
30 4 4 BREAKER SELECT SWITCH
HORN RY 5 5 BREAKE RY
6 6 SPK -

6 7 7 SPK +
ST C

5 CS-2 34 1.2GW
8 SOL FUSE
1.0V 56 8
6 9 nc
9
BR ACC

5 V 0.85
3 10 10 WIPER RY-
DY02

2 V 0.85
B

1 4 11 INT WIPER RY(1)


2.0Or 81 11
4 3 V 0.85
H

12 12 INT WIPER RY(3)


0, I

1.0R 45A V 0.85


2 13 INT WIPER RY(6)
0.8LW 105A 13
H0 I

1 14 NC
14
15 15 AC FAN RY
16 16 AC FAN RY
START SW 41 0.8V
CS-02B 17 17 PARKING RY.(+)
42 0.8Br
0.85B B 18 18 PWT SW POWER
GND C 43 0.8Gr
0.85B 0.75G 46 19 19 FWD RY
CAN LOW B 44 0.8RW
0.85RB 0.75V 47 20 20 REV RY
CAN HI A 119 0.75BW
21 21 TRAVEL ALARM BZ (+)
45 1.0R
BUTTON 1.25RG 22 22 START KEY SW-BR
ST 6 G19 0.85B
SWITCH
DY14

23 23 ECU RELAY
0.5Y 5 V 1.0OrW
LED 3 LED 24 24 STOP LAMP RY
0.5B 4 V 0.85
GND 2 GND 1.25W 25 25 STOP LAMP PS
0.5R ACC 3
SIG 1 SIG 1.25R 26 26 BOOM SWING SW
B 1
1.25RB 27 27 NC
BR 2 49 0.8YW
28 28 PARKING RY.
CN-641 CN-641A BUTTON 50 1.2BW
CS-02A 29 29 AC COMP
START 146 0.75Gr
RELAY 30 30 SAFETY SOL
31 31 TRAVEL ALARM SELECT
52 0.8G
32 32 ILLUMINATION
2.0L 53 0.8L
33 33 ILLUMINATION
V 0.85
34 34 WIPER P/P
35 35 NC
117 1.0 Br
36 36 START SIG.
10A ILL 0.8G 52
29
10A ILL 0.8L 53
28
CN-18 DESTINATION
27 60 1.0V
20A 12V SOCKET 2.0L 1 1 START RY COIL(+)
26 61 0.75LW
2 2 START RY COIL(-)
15A
25 62 0.75Or
3 3
10A FUEL FEED PUMP 1.2BL 190 0.75R
24 4 4 PWT POWER
20A SAFETY SOL 0.8L 188 0.75Gr
23 5 5 QUICK COUPLER SW (-)
30A HEAT-SEAT 1.25YW 6 6 6
22
7 7
20A TRAVEL 1.25Br 105 67 0.75LW
21
8 8
10A ALT,START 0.8G 20B 69 0.75W
3 Or

9 START RY CONTACT
8W

20 9
20A SOLENOID 2.0GW 34D G35 1.0B
19 10 10
175 1.0R
20A WIPER/CABIN LAMP 2.0Y 54D 11 11 12V SOCKET
18

30A FILLER P/P,BEACON, STOP LAMP 1.25Y 27C 12 12 NC


17
13 13 NC
30A HORN, USB SOCKET 1.0R 51A
16 14 14 NC
20A WORK LAMP 1.25L 99A 15 15 NC
15

20A HEAD LAMP 1.25W 60D 16 16 NC


14

20A PWT SW 0.75 R 123


13

15A AC& HEATER 1.25V 102


12

20A CLUSTER,MCU,RMS 1.25Gr 12A


11

10A RADIO,SW PANEL 0.8BL 69F CN-14


10
G2 8B
R 10A TURN LAMP 0.8L 103 1 1 GND
8
G1 8B
20A AIR-CON/HEATER 2.0G 104 2 2 GND
7

10A RADIO 0.8Or 74A


6 CN-1 NO. DESTINATION
5R

10A CLUSTER 0.8Br 11A 1A 2.0R


5 1 1 ECM B+
1.2LW 105 2 0.8G
20A MCU 2 2 HOUR METER
4
0.8L
30A START KEY 1.2LW 3 3 MCU(AUTO CRIUSE)
3
20A
148 0.75GR
ROOM LAMP 1.2LW 4 4 SAFETY SOL(48, DO)
2
151 0.75WY
30A ECM 3.0 R 5 5 OVERLOAD PS (to MCU)
1
150 0.75Or
6 6 OVER LOAD SENSOR (SIG)

FUSE BOX CN-36 7 7 NC


G29

6 1.2YW
8 8 FUEL FEED P/P FUSE
6

2494 0.8 R
9 9 CAMERA 6.5V
2492 0.8B
10 10 CAMERA GROUND
1.25YW

THERMISTOR 2491 0.8 W


1.25B

11 11 NTSC +
MODE-1 ACT'R MODE-2 ACT'R TEMP ACT'R INTAKE ACT'R BLOWER RELAY BLOWER 2493 0.8 Y
12 NTSC -
12
9 0.8R
13 GROUND
CN-170

13
M

M 14 BOOM SWING(to MCU)


3

M M
1

M 14
1B 2.0R
1
2

15 15 ECM B+
1
2
4
2

11 0.8Br
16 16 MCU 24V
1
5
6
7
5
6
7

5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4

2
1
2
3
4

SEAT HEATER 12 0.8Gr


17 17 MCU POWER IG
1

4
2
3

18 18 NC
8C

7C
7A

8A

7B

8B

8D
23

21

22

26

24

25

20

18

19

17

16

15
7

1.25 0.85
19 19 MCU_RAMLOCK OFF
1.25 0.85
33
34

20 20 MCU_RAMLOCK ON
1.25 0.85
29A

2A
33
3

21 21 MCU_RAMLOCK AUTO
22 22 ECM MAIN POWER RY
23 23 ECM MAIN POWER RY
18 0.8Or
24 24 MCU CAN_Hi
19 0.8L
25 25 MCU CAN_Lo
9 0.8R
26 26 CAN SH
20 0.8G
INCAR SENSOR 27 27 ALT "S"
264 0.75YL
11 28 28 START LIMIT(26, DO)
1
8E 29 29 NC
2 19 0.75GW
AMBIENT SENSOR 30 30 ACCEL 5V
12 CN-427 20 0.75VW
1 31 31 ACCEL SIG
CN-11 0.75L 19B 21 0.75G
8F 1 1.25 B G12 CAN2 LOW 8 32 32 ACEEL GND
2 1 0.75Or 18B

MAIN_GND
29 2B G11 CAN2 HI 7 33 33 NC
2 0.75B G61 22 0.75Gr
2 0.8V 102 GND 5 34 34 CAM 6.5V
3 0.75Gr 12C
13 IG 12V 6 35 35 NC
4 8A 1.0B
3 2G 104 OPEN 9 36 36 CLUSTER GND
5
31 0.8Gr 106 UNLOCK 11
6
32 LOCK 10 CN-13
7 0.8Br 11C 125 8.0 SQ MASTER SW
4 0.8L 53A BATT 12 1 1 BATT.RY(IG)
8 124 8.0 SQ
DOOR SW 3 2 2 SW MASTER CS-74A
HORN RY 4 5R
AIR CON 1
SMART KEY READER 5R
2
99D
69G
G58

99E
111
114

NO. DESTINATION
109

107
111

112

00
00
102A
102B

98
97
34
28

106

27A
27B
1

107
108

99C
99B
109
110
50

G31

1 GND(CONTROLLER)

0.75GR 148
0.75YL 264

56A

27
1A

3A

11
12
13

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

28
29
30
31
32

0.75Gr 146
117
2

7
8
9

0.75G 20

B
B
561

20
1.25BW

65

20
0.8GW

56

0.75G 20
0.75G 20
GND(BLOWER)
0.8GW

2
3
4
0.8Br

561
0.8G

1.25L
0.8R

0.8W
1.2BrW

0.8Y
2
3
1

0.8B
0.8GW

G21

G22
0.8Y

CN-125A
1.0RW

0.8L

1.0OrW
0.8Gr

FUSE(IG)
1.25L

3
0.8Or

0.8LW
49

41
0.8Br
0.8V
0.8V

0.75B
1.2Y

0.8LW
0.8B
1.0Y
1.0Y

0.8L

1W

1V

0.8W
1.0Br

0.8G
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

1.2V

1.0Y

0.8Br
0.8G

11D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

4 NC
1W

BATTERY POWER 1
G

0.8Gr 12D
0.8YW

5 FUSE(Battery)
CN-116

KEY "IG" 2

0.75Or 18A
1.2B

0.8V
1.2B
CR-9

0.75Br 11A
0.75Gr 12B
0.8Or
CR-75

10
11
12
CR-7

18C
3

9
CR-85

4
5

0.75L 19A
2

6
MODE-1 ACT'R (FOOT)

MODE-2 ACT'R (FOOT)

G DPS(COMPRESSOR)
MODE-1 ACT'R (VENT)

6
87a

87

30
85

86

CAN (HIGH) 3

0.75Gr 88
87

30
BLOWER RELAY (LO)

85

0.75B 8B

0.75G 89
87
86

30
85
MODE-1 ACT'R (PBR)

MODE-2 ACT'R (PBR)

86
TEMP ACT'R (WARM)

87a

87

0.75V 90
MODE-2 ACT'R (DEF)

30

87a
85

86
87a
INTAKE ACT'R (REC)
INTAKE ACT'R (PBR)
INTAKE ACT'R (FRE)

TEMP ACT'R (COOL)

7 CONDENSOR FAN RX232(1)-TX

2494
TEMP ACT'R (PBR)
AMBIENT SENSOR

2491
2493
2492
CONDENSOR FAN

1
2

CR-66
85 87 87a

CR-68
CR-5

CR-63
CR-38
CR-385
85 87 87a

85 87 87a

S
THERMISTOR(+)

D
85 87 87a
INCAR SENSOR

CN-113

8 ILLUMINATION
87a

87
87a

30

GND (SERIAL)
85

86

87a

5
87

87
30
85
COMPRESSOR

86

30
85

86
87

87a

87

87
30

30

30
87a
85

85

85
86

86

86
REVERSE FAN

You might also like